Oracle Database Master Index: D
11g Release 1 (11.1)
Shortcuts to Letters
Index Entries
- d option (JPublisher User's Guide)
- d option (sqlj -d) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- DAC. See discretionary access control (DAC)
- DAD Credentials Verification
-
- about (Application Express User's Guide)
- DAD, definition, Glossary (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- dadTool.pl utility (Installation Guide for Linux)
- daemon workspace, setting up (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- daemon, starting (Connect for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for IBM z/OS)
- daemons
-
- oprocd (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- starting Oracle Clusterware (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- dangling raster blocks
-
- caused by interrupting mosaic operation (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- finding (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- dangling REFs (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- Danish
-
- alternate spelling (Text Reference)
- index defaults (Text Reference)
- supplied stoplist (Text Reference)
- Dark Fiber
-
- Dense Wavelength Division Multiplexing (DWDM) (High Availability Overview)
- DAS (direct attached storage) disks (Installation Guide for Linux)
- dashboard (OLAP User's Guide)
- data
-
- access rules (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- access to
-
- concurrent (Concepts)
- fine-grained access control (Concepts)
- aggregation
-
- composite columns of GROUP BY (SQL Language Reference)
- concatenated grouping sets of GROUP BY (SQL Language Reference)
- grouping sets (SQL Language Reference)
- analyzing a subset (SQL Language Reference)
- and transactions (Performance Tuning Guide)
- binary (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- cache (Performance Tuning Guide)
- caching frequently used (SQL Language Reference)
- cleansing (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- comparing (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [subentry #2] (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
-
- custom (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- cyclic (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- purging results (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- random (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- rechecking (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- subset of columns (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- concurrency, definition (Concepts)
- consistency of
-
- locks (Concepts)
- manual locking (Concepts)
- read consistency, definition (Concepts)
- repeatable reads (Concepts)
- transaction level (Concepts)
- underlying principles (Concepts)
- converging (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [subentry #2] (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
-
- session tags (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- tags (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- conversion
-
- direct path load (Utilities)
- delimiter marks in data and SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- dimensioned (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- displaying (OLAP User's Guide)
- distinguishing different input formats for SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- distinguishing different input row object subtypes (Utilities)
- [subentry #2] (Utilities)
- entering and modifying (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- exporting (Utilities)
- exporting from database (Application Express User's Guide)
- gathering (Performance Tuning Guide)
- generating unique values with SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- how stored in tables (Concepts)
- including in control files (Utilities)
- independence (SQL Language Reference)
- integrity checking on input (SQL Language Reference)
- integrity of (Concepts)
-
- CHECK constraints (Concepts)
- parallel DML restrictions (Data Warehousing Guide)
- label-based access (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- loading (2 Day DBA)
- [subentry #2] (Application Express User's Guide)
- loading data contained in the SQL*Loader control file (Utilities)
- loading in sections
-
- SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- loading into database (Application Express User's Guide)
- loading into more than one table
-
- SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- loading multimedia (Multimedia User's Guide)
- loading using external tables (Administrator's Guide)
- locks on (Concepts)
- market basket (Data Mining Concepts)
- maximum length of delimited data for SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- missing values (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- modeling (Performance Tuning Guide)
- modifying (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- moving between operating systems using SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- multi-record case (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- nested (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- partitioning (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [subentry #2] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- pivoting (SQL Language Reference)
- preparing (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- purging (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- queries (Performance Tuning Guide)
- recovery
-
- SQL*Loader direct path load (Utilities)
- retrieving (SQL Language Reference)
- saving in a direct path load (Utilities)
- saving rows
-
- SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- searches (Performance Tuning Guide)
- security of (Concepts)
- sensitivity (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- single record case (Data Mining Concepts)
- sparse (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Data Mining Concepts)
- [subentry #3] (Data Mining Concepts)
- specifying as temporary (SQL Language Reference)
- sufficiency check (Data Warehousing Guide)
- test (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- transactional (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- transformation (Data Warehousing Guide)
- transformations (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- transportation (Data Warehousing Guide)
- undo
-
- preserving (SQL Language Reference)
- preserving (SQL Language Reference)
- unloading (Application Express User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Application Express User's Guide)
- unpivoting (SQL Language Reference)
- unsorted
-
- SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- values optimized for SQL*Loader performance (Utilities)
- viewing (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- data abstraction
-
- understanding PL/SQL (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- data access paths, optimizing (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- data attributes, Glossary (Data Mining Concepts)
- data auditors
-
- creating (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- using (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- data availability
-
- balancing against system performance requirements (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- data block
-
- description (2 Day DBA)
- data block corruption
-
- prevention and detection (Concepts)
- prevention and detection parameters (High Availability Overview)
- repairing (Administrator's Guide)
- data blocks
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
-
- altering size of (Administrator's Guide)
- cached in memory (Concepts)
- coalescing free space in blocks (Concepts)
- controlling free space in (Concepts)
- definition (Concepts)
- format (Concepts)
- free lists and (Concepts)
- how rows stored in (Concepts)
- managing space in (Administrator's Guide)
- nonstandard block size (Administrator's Guide)
- overview (Concepts)
- reading multiple (Reference)
- row directory (Concepts)
- shared in clusters (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- shown in rowids (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- size of (Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Reference)
- space available for inserted rows (Concepts)
- specifying size of (Administrator's Guide)
- standard block size (Administrator's Guide)
- stored in the buffer cache (Concepts)
- transaction entry settings (Administrator's Guide)
- verifying (Administrator's Guide)
- writing to disk (Concepts)
- data blocks, corrupted (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #6] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #7] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #8] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #9] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #10] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #11] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- data buffering (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- data cartridge
-
- complex data objects (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- content (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- definition (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- development process (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- domains (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- external procedures (guidelines) (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- Image (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- installation (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- interfaces (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- key characteristics (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- method (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- naming conventions (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- scope (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- Spatial (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- suggested development approach (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- Text (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- Video (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- data cartridges
-
- OCI functions (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- data coercion (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- data compression (2 Day + Data Warehousing Guide)
-
- See data segment compression (Data Warehousing Guide)
- data confidentiality (Java Developer's Guide)
- data control language (DCL) (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- Data Control Palette (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- data control recordset (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- data controls (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- data conversion
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
-
- between character datatypes (SQL Language Reference)
- errors (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- implicit
-
- disadvantages (SQL Language Reference)
- implicit versus explicit (SQL Language Reference)
- in Pro*C/C++ (Globalization Support Guide)
- OCI driver (Globalization Support Guide)
- ODBC and OLE DB drivers (Globalization Support Guide)
- program interface (Concepts)
- thin driver (Globalization Support Guide)
- Unicode Java strings (Globalization Support Guide)
- when performed implicitly (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- when specified explicitly (SQL Language Reference)
- data conversions (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
-
- Date (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- DATE datatype (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- internal datatypes (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- Interval (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- INTERVAL datatypes (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- LOB datatype (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- LOBs (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- LONG (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- LONG RAW (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- Timestamp (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- TIMESTAMP datatypes (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- data copying
-
- using Export/Import (Upgrade Guide)
- DATA correspondence (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- data corruption
- [entry #2] (High Availability Overview)
-
- lost writes (Concepts)
- data corruptions
-
- detecting (High Availability Overview)
- data cubes
-
- hierarchical (Data Warehousing Guide)
- DATA datatype (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- Data Definition Language
-
- creating CHAR objects with DBMS=V6 (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- Data definition language (Gateway for Informix User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for SQL Server User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for Sybase User's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Gateway for Teradata User's Guide)
- data definition language
- [entry #2] (Gateway for Adabas User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for IMS User's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Gateway for ODBC User's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Gateway for VSAM User's Guide)
- [entry #6] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
-
- altering replicated objects (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- asynchronous (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- auditing (2 Day + Security Guide)
- definition (Concepts)
- described (Concepts)
- embedding in PL/SQL (Concepts)
- in transactions (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- locks (Concepts)
- parsing with DBMS_SQL (Concepts)
- processing statements (Concepts)
- SQL statements (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- data definition language (DDL) (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
-
- description (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- embedded (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- events and triggers (SQL Language Reference)
- roles and privileges (Security Guide)
- standard auditing (Security Guide)
- statement
-
- controlling with command rules (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- statements (SQL Language Reference)
-
- and implicit commit (SQL Language Reference)
- causing recompilation (SQL Language Reference)
- PL/SQL support (SQL Language Reference)
- statements requiring exclusive access (SQL Language Reference)
- Data Definition Language (DDL) statements (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- data densification (Data Warehousing Guide)
-
- time series calculation (Data Warehousing Guide)
- with sparse data (Data Warehousing Guide)
- Data dictionary
-
- views (Gateway for Informix User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for SQL Server User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for Sybase User's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway for Teradata User's Guide)
- data dictionary
- [entry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [entry #3] (Reference)
-
- about (2 Day + Security Guide)
- access to (Concepts)
- adding comments to (SQL Language Reference)
- adding DV_ACCTMGR role to realm (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- ALL prefixed views (Concepts)
- asynchronous change data capture and (Data Warehousing Guide)
- browsing (Application Express User's Guide)
- cache (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Reference)
- [subentry #4] (Reference)
-
- location of (Concepts)
- changing character sets (Globalization Support Guide)
- checked by pgvwbrepos.sql script (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- conflicts with control files (Administrator's Guide)
- content of (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- contents with Oracle Database Gateway for ODBC (Gateway for ODBC User's Guide)
- convertible or lossy data (Globalization Support Guide)
- datafiles (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Reference)
- DBA prefixed views (Concepts)
- defined (Concepts)
- dictionary managed tablespaces (Concepts)
- DUAL table (Concepts)
- dynamic performance tables (Concepts)
- locks (Concepts)
- mapping for Oracle Database Gateway for ODBC (Gateway for ODBC User's Guide)
- Oracle database name/SQL Server name (Gateway for ODBC User's Guide)
- owner of (Concepts)
- prefixes to views of (Concepts)
- protecting (Security Guide)
- public synonyms for (Concepts)
- purging pending rows from (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- querying views (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- removing Streams information (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- replication (Advanced Replication)
- row cache and (Concepts)
- scripts (Reference)
- securing (2 Day + Security Guide)
- securing with O7_DICTIONARY_ACCESSIBILITY (Security Guide)
- See also views
- See also views, data dictionary
- See PG DD
- SQL scripts (Reference)
- statistics in (Performance Tuning Guide)
- structure of (Concepts)
- support (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- SYSTEM tablespace (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- [subentry #3] (Concepts)
- tables (Gateway for IMS User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Reference)
- translation support for Oracle Database Gateway for ODBC (Gateway for ODBC User's Guide)
- USER prefixed views (Concepts)
- uses of (Concepts)
- using (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- views
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for IMS User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Reference)
-
- ALL_DB_LINKS (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- emulation on DRDA server (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- for DB2/UDB not supported (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- list and descriptions (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- overview (Reference)
- supported for DB2/OS390 and DB2/400 servers (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- user views (Reference)
- USER_DB_LINKS (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- views used in optimization (Performance Tuning Guide)
- data dictionary tables
- [entry #2] (Gateway for VSAM User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #6] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #7] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
-
- access to as user SYS (2 Day DBA)
- data dictionary views
- [entry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #6] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #7] (Gateway for Adabas User's Guide)
- [entry #8] (Gateway for VSAM User's Guide)
- [entry #9] (OLAP User's Guide)
- [entry #10] (OLAP User's Guide)
-
- comments
-
- updating (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- Heterogeneous Services (Heterogeneous Connectivity Administrator's Guide)
- materialized views (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- NLS_DATABASE_PARAMETERS (Globalization Support Guide)
- NLS_INSTANCE_PARAMETERS (Globalization Support Guide)
- NLS_SESSION_PARAMETER (Globalization Support Guide)
- Oracle Database Gateway for ODBC (Gateway for ODBC User's Guide)
- refresh groups (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- replication (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- See views
- data dictionary views, Preface (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- data dictionary, see PG DD
- data dictionary, views (Gateway for Adabas User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for VSAM User's Guide)
- data display (OLAP User's Guide)
- data encryption
-
- distributed systems (Administrator's Guide)
- Data Encryption Standard (DES) (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
-
- DES encryption algorithm (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- DES40 encryption algorithm (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- Triple-DES encryption algorithm (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- data exchange
-
- PGAXFER function (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- data expansion
-
- during character set migration (Globalization Support Guide)
- during data conversion (Globalization Support Guide)
- data extent, Glossary (Storage Administrator's Guide)
- data extraction
-
- with and without Change Data Capture (Data Warehousing Guide)
- data failures
-
- overview of storage failures (Concepts)
- protecting against human errors (Concepts)
- protection against (Concepts)
- data fetches (SQL) (OLAP DML Reference)
- data fields
-
- specifying the SQL*Loader datatype (Utilities)
- data file
-
- SQL*Loader (2 Day DBA)
- data files (2 Day + Security Guide)
- [entry #2] (Security Guide)
-
- creating separate directories for (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #3] (Installation Guide for Linux)
- defined (Installation Guide for Linux)
- guidelines for security (Security Guide)
- managing with Automatic Storage Management (Installation Guide for Linux)
- minimum disk space for (Installation Guide for Linux)
- naming (Installation Guide for Linux)
- options for placing on file system (Installation Guide for Linux)
- recommendations for file system (Installation Guide for Linux)
- reviewing (Installation Guide for Linux)
- setting permissions on data file directories (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #3] (Installation Guide for Linux)
- setting up (Installation Guide for Linux)
- storage options (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- data flow operators (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- data format conversion (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- data formats
- [entry #2] (Multimedia User's Guide)
-
- 3GP (Multimedia Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Multimedia Reference)
- AIFF (Multimedia Reference)
- AIFF-C (Multimedia Reference)
- AU (Multimedia Reference)
- MPEG (Multimedia Reference)
- RMFF (Multimedia Reference)
- WAV (Multimedia Reference)
- DATA function and procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- data groups (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- Data Guard
-
- benefits (High Availability Overview)
- comparing to Streams (High Availability Overview)
- hub architecture (High Availability Overview)
- ports, ranges and protocol (Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- troubleshooting (Data Guard Broker)
- Data Guard broker
-
- changed features (Data Guard Broker)
- defined (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- deprecated features (Data Guard Broker)
- distributed management framework (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- failovers (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
-
- fast-start (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- manual (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- manual (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- fast-start failover (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- integration with Oracle Enterprise Manager (Data Guard Broker)
- See Alsobroker
- switchovers (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- Data Guard command-line interface
-
- commands (Data Guard Broker)
-
- ENABLE FAST_START FAILOVER (Data Guard Broker)
- SET STATE (Data Guard Broker)
- DG_BROKER_START initialization parameter (Data Guard Broker)
- enabling a database (Data Guard Broker)
- introduction (Data Guard Broker)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Broker)
- Data Guard command-line interface (DGMGRL)
-
- banners from output (Data Guard Broker)
- commands
-
- CONNECT (Data Guard Broker)
- CREATE CONFIGURATION (Data Guard Broker)
- DISABLE CONFIGURATION (Data Guard Broker)
- DISABLE DATABASE (Data Guard Broker)
- DISABLE FAST_START FAILOVER (Data Guard Broker)
- DISABLE FAST_START FAILOVER (Data Guard Broker)
- DISABLE FAST_START FAILOVER CONDITION (Data Guard Broker)
- EDIT CONFIGURATION (property) (Data Guard Broker)
- EDIT CONFIGURATION (protection mode) (Data Guard Broker)
- EDIT DATABASE (property) (Data Guard Broker)
- EDIT DATABASE (rename) (Data Guard Broker)
- EDIT DATABASE (state) (Data Guard Broker)
- EDIT INSTANCE (AUTO PFILE) (Data Guard Broker)
- EDIT INSTANCE (property) (Data Guard Broker)
- ENABLE CONFIGURATION (Data Guard Broker)
- ENABLE DATABASE (Data Guard Broker)
- ENABLE FAST_START FAILOVER CONDITION (Data Guard Broker)
- EXIT (Data Guard Broker)
- FAILOVER (Data Guard Broker)
- HELP (Data Guard Broker)
- QUIT (Data Guard Broker)
- REMOVE CONFIGURATION (Data Guard Broker)
- REMOVE DATABASE (Data Guard Broker)
- REMOVE INSTANCE (Data Guard Broker)
- SHOW CONFIGURATION (Data Guard Broker)
- SHOW DATABASE (Data Guard Broker)
- SHOW FAST_START FAILOVER (Data Guard Broker)
- SHOW INSTANCE (Data Guard Broker)
- SHUTDOWN (Data Guard Broker)
- STARTUP (Data Guard Broker)
- SWITCHOVER (Data Guard Broker)
- SWITCHOVER (Data Guard Broker)
- creating a configuration (Data Guard Broker)
- DG_BROKER_START initialization parameter (Data Guard Broker)
- enabling the configuration (Data Guard Broker)
- FSFO.DAT file creation (Data Guard Broker)
- monitoring broker configurations (Data Guard Broker)
- performing routine management tasks (Data Guard Broker)
- prerequisites (Data Guard Broker)
- setting critical database properties (Data Guard Broker)
- setting up standby redo log files (Data Guard Broker)
- single command mode (Data Guard Broker)
- starting (Data Guard Broker)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Broker)
- stopping (Data Guard Broker)
- string values (Data Guard Broker)
- summary of commands (Data Guard Broker)
- suppressing command prompts (Data Guard Broker)
- Data Guard configuration file
-
- for a RAC database (Data Guard Broker)
- in a CFS area (Data Guard Broker)
- inconsistent values from server parameter file (Data Guard Broker)
- on a raw device (Data Guard Broker)
- relationship to DMON process (Data Guard Broker)
- renaming (Data Guard Broker)
- setting up (Data Guard Broker)
- Data Guard configurations
-
- archiving to standby destinations using the log writer process (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- automated creation of (Data Guard Broker)
- background (Data Guard Broker)
- defined (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- protection modes (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- supported (Data Guard Broker)
- upgrading Oracle Database software (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- Data Guard environment (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
-
- archived log deletion policies (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- changing a DB_UNIQUE_NAME (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- configuring RMAN (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- maintenance commands (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- reporting in a (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- RMAN backups (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- RMAN backups, accessibility of (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- RMAN backups, association of (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- RMAN backups, interchangeability of (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- RMAN usage (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- Data Guard Fast-Start Failover metrics
-
- understanding (Data Guard Broker)
- Data Guard hub (High Availability Overview)
- Data Guard monitor (DMON) (Data Guard Broker)
-
- interaction with the Oracle database (Data Guard Broker)
- maintaining configuration data (Data Guard Broker)
- managing objects (Data Guard Broker)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Broker)
- [subentry #3] (Data Guard Broker)
- Oracle database background processes (Data Guard Broker)
- overview (Data Guard Broker)
- removing objects (Data Guard Broker)
- starting with the DG_BROKER_START parameter (Data Guard Broker)
- two-way network communication (Data Guard Broker)
- Data Guard Performance metric
-
- understanding (Data Guard Broker)
- Data Guard Status metric
-
- understanding (Data Guard Broker)
- data harvesting mode (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- data inconsistencies causing data loss (Globalization Support Guide)
- data integrity (2 Day DBA)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Concepts)
- [entry #5] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #6] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #7] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
-
- complex integrity checking (Concepts)
- definition of (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- enforcing (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- null rule (Concepts)
- parallel propagation (Advanced Replication)
- primary keys (Concepts)
- referential integrity rules (Concepts)
-
- cascade (Concepts)
- no action (Concepts)
- restrict (Concepts)
- set to default (Concepts)
- set to null (Concepts)
- see constraints
- serial propagation (Advanced Replication)
- unique column values (Concepts)
- data integrity checks (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- data interface for persistent LOBs (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
-
- multibyte charactersets (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- data interface for remote LOBs (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- data interface in Java (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- data item
-
- formatted as AnyData (Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
- formatted as name/value pair (Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
- formatted as string (Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
- data libraries
-
- Name and Address (Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide)
- data link (URI type) mapping (JPublisher User's Guide)
- data link layer (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- data loading
-
- with external tables (Concepts)
- data loads (OLAP User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (OLAP User's Guide)
- data lock (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- data locks
- [entry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
-
- conversion (Concepts)
- duration of (Concepts)
- escalation (Concepts)
- data loss
- [entry #2] (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
-
- caused by data inconsistencies (Globalization Support Guide)
- due to failover (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- during character set conversion (Globalization Support Guide)
- during character set migration (Globalization Support Guide)
- during datatype conversion
-
- exceptions (Globalization Support Guide)
- during OCI Unicode character set conversion (Globalization Support Guide)
- from mixed character sets (Globalization Support Guide)
- minimizing (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- minimizing with Automatic Storage Management (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Installation Guide for Linux)
- switchover and (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- data maintenance (OLAP User's Guide)
- data manipulation
-
- using XML (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- data manipulation language
-
- auditing (2 Day + Security Guide)
- definition (Concepts)
- described (Concepts)
- locks acquired by (Concepts)
- parallel DML (Data Warehousing Guide)
- processing statements (Concepts)
- serializable isolation for subqueries (Concepts)
- SQL statements (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- statements allowed in distributed transactions (Administrator's Guide)
- transaction model for parallel DML (Data Warehousing Guide)
- triggers and (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- [subentry #3] (Concepts)
- Data Manipulation Language (DML)
-
- using in shared server configurations (Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- data manipulation language (DML) (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
-
- allowing during indexing (SQL Language Reference)
- operations
-
- and triggers (SQL Language Reference)
- during index creation (SQL Language Reference)
- during index rebuild (SQL Language Reference)
- parallelizing (SQL Language Reference)
- privileges controlling (Security Guide)
- restricting operations (SQL Language Reference)
- retrieving affected rows (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- retrieving rows affected by (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- standard auditing (Security Guide)
- statement
-
- checking with DVSYS.DBMS_MACUTL.CHECK_DVSYS_DML_ALLOWED function (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- controlling with command rules (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- statements (SQL Language Reference)
-
- PL/SQL support (SQL Language Reference)
- Data Manipulation Language (DML) Statements (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- data marts (Data Warehousing Guide)
- Data Mining
-
- Java API (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- data mining (Concepts)
- [entry #2] (Data Warehousing Guide)
-
- algorithms (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- APIs (Concepts)
- automated (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- automatic data preparation (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- documentation (Concepts)
- in database
-
- benefits (Data Mining Concepts)
- models (Concepts)
- new features (Concepts)
- predictive analytics (Concepts)
- schema objects (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- spatial
-
- colocation mining (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- conceptual and usage information (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- function reference information (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SQL functions (Concepts)
- supermodel (Concepts)
- transformations (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- unsupervised (Data Mining Concepts)
- Data Mining demo user (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #6] (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- Data Mining Engine (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- data mining function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- data mining functions (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- data mining models (Upgrade Guide)
- Data Mining option (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- Data Mining Scoring Engine
-
- about (Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Installation Guide for Linux)
- installing (Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Installation Guide for Linux)
- data mining technology overview (Data Mining Concepts)
- data mining tools
-
- Data Mining Scoring Engine (Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Installation Guide for Linux)
- Oracle Data Mining (Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Installation Guide for Linux)
- Data Mining user (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- data mining, supervised (Data Mining Concepts)
- [entry #2] (Data Mining Concepts)
- data model
- [entry #2] (Spatial Developer's Guide)
-
- description of dimensional (OLAP User's Guide)
- designing (OLAP User's Guide)
- file format (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- GeoRaster (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- LRS (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- saving (OLAP User's Guide)
- data model designs
-
- importing from third-party tools (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- data movement
-
- in Data Pump Export and Import (Utilities)
- Data Object Editor
-
- components (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- creating data objects (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- starting (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- using (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- data object number
-
- extended rowid (Concepts)
- data objects (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
-
- about (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- data type for columns (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- dimensional objects, creating (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- dimensional objects, implementing (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- editing (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- monitoring data quality (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- naming conventions (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- validating (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- viewing (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- data Oracle Database Vault recognizes
-
- See factors
- DATA parameter
-
- SQL*Loader command line (Utilities)
- data preparation (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
-
- association models (Data Mining Concepts)
- clustering (Data Mining Concepts)
- Support Vector Machine (Data Mining Concepts)
- data preservation, definition of (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- data profiles
-
- configuring (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- creating (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- data profiling
-
- about (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- generating corrections (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- performance tuning (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- performing (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- steps (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- types (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- types, attribute analysis (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- types, functional dependency (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- types, referential analysis (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- viewing corrections (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- viewing results (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- data propagation
-
- and dependency maintenance (Advanced Replication)
- asynchronous (Advanced Replication)
- synchronous (Advanced Replication)
- data protection
-
- balancing against performance (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- benefits (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- definition (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- flexibility (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- provided by Data Guard (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- data protection modes
-
- enforced by redo transport services (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- overview (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- See protection modes
- Data Provider for .NET (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- Data Pump (OLAP User's Guide)
-
- advantages of using (Upgrade Guide)
- data pump (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- Data Pump Export (Concepts)
-
- dump file set (Concepts)
- Data Pump Export utility
-
- and transparent data encryption (Utilities)
- ATTACH parameter (Utilities)
- command-line mode (Utilities)
- [subentry #2] (Utilities)
- compared to original Export utility (Utilities)
- COMPRESSION parameter (Utilities)
- CONTENT parameter (Utilities)
- [subentry #2] (Utilities)
- controlling resource consumption (Utilities)
- data movement methods (Utilities)
- DATA_OPTIONS parameter (Utilities)
- dump file set (Utilities)
- DUMPFILE parameter (Utilities)
- encryption of SecureFiles (Utilities)
- ENCRYPTION parameter (Utilities)
- ENCRYPTION_ALGORITHM parameter (Utilities)
- ENCRYPTION_MODE parameter (Utilities)
- ENCRYPTION_PASSWORD parameter (Utilities)
- ESTIMATE parameter (Utilities)
- ESTIMATE_ONLY parameter (Utilities)
- EXCLUDE parameter (Utilities)
- excluding objects (Utilities)
- export modes (Utilities)
- FILESIZE command
-
- interactive-command mode (Utilities)
- FILESIZE parameter (Utilities)
- filtering data that is exported
-
- using EXCLUDE parameter (Utilities)
- using INCLUDE parameter (Utilities)
- FLASHBACK_SCN parameter (Utilities)
- FLASHBACK_TIME parameter (Utilities)
- FULL parameter (Utilities)
- HELP parameter
-
- interactive-command mode (Utilities)
- INCLUDE parameter (Utilities)
- interactive-command mode (Utilities)
-
- ADD_FILE parameter (Utilities)
- CONTINUE_CLIENT parameter (Utilities)
- EXIT_CLIENT parameter (Utilities)
- FILESIZE (Utilities)
- HELP parameter (Utilities)
- KILL_JOB parameter (Utilities)
- PARALLEL parameter (Utilities)
- START_JOB parameter (Utilities)
- STATUS parameter (Utilities)
- STOP_JOB parameter (Utilities)
- STOP_JOB parameter (Utilities)
- interfaces (Utilities)
- invoking
-
- as SYSDBA (Utilities)
- as SYSDBA (Utilities)
- job names
-
- specifying (Utilities)
- JOB_NAME parameter (Utilities)
- LOGFILE parameter (Utilities)
- NETWORK_LINK parameter (Utilities)
- NOLOGFILE parameter (Utilities)
- PARALLEL parameter
-
- command-line mode (Utilities)
- interactive-command mode (Utilities)
- PARFILE parameter (Utilities)
- QUERY parameter (Utilities)
- REMAP_DATA parameter (Utilities)
- REUSE_DUMPFILES parameter (Utilities)
- SAMPLE parameter (Utilities)
- SCHEMAS parameter (Utilities)
- specifying a job name (Utilities)
- syntax diagrams (Utilities)
- TABLES parameter (Utilities)
- TABLESPACES parameter (Utilities)
- TRANSPORT_FULL_CHECK parameter (Utilities)
- TRANSPORT_TABLESPACES parameter (Utilities)
- TRANSPORTABLE parameter (Utilities)
- VERSION parameter (Utilities)
- versioning (Utilities)
- Data Pump Export/Import
-
- recommendations (Upgrade Guide)
- versus Original Export/Import (Upgrade Guide)
- when to use (Upgrade Guide)
- Data Pump Import (Concepts)
- Data Pump Import utility
-
- and transparent data encryption (Utilities)
- ATTACH parameter (Utilities)
- attaching to an existing job (Utilities)
- changing name of source datafile (Utilities)
- command-line mode
-
- NOLOGFILE parameter (Utilities)
- STATUS parameter (Utilities)
- compared to original Import utility (Utilities)
- CONTENT parameter (Utilities)
- controlling resource consumption (Utilities)
- data movement methods (Utilities)
- DATA_OPTIONS parameter (Utilities)
- DIRECTORY parameter (Utilities)
- DUMPFILE parameter (Utilities)
- ENCRYPTION_PASSWORD parameter (Utilities)
- ESTIMATE parameter (Utilities)
- estimating size of job (Utilities)
- EXCLUDE parameter (Utilities)
- filtering data that is imported
-
- using EXCLUDE parameter (Utilities)
- using INCLUDE parameter (Utilities)
- FLASHBACK_SCN parameter (Utilities)
- FLASHBACK_TIME parameter (Utilities)
- full import mode (Utilities)
- FULL parameter (Utilities)
- HELP parameter
-
- command-line mode (Utilities)
- interactive-command mode (Utilities)
- INCLUDE parameter (Utilities)
- interactive-command mode (Utilities)
-
- CONTINUE_CLIENT parameter (Utilities)
- EXIT_CLIENT parameter (Utilities)
- HELP parameter (Utilities)
- KILL_JOB parameter (Utilities)
- START_JOB parameter (Utilities)
- STATUS parameter (Utilities)
- STOP_JOB parameter (Utilities)
- interfaces (Utilities)
- JOB_NAME parameter (Utilities)
- LOGFILE parameter (Utilities)
- PARALLEL parameter
-
- command-line mode (Utilities)
- interactive-command mode (Utilities)
- PARFILE parameter (Utilities)
- PARTITION_OPTIONS parameter (Utilities)
- QUERY parameter (Utilities)
- REMAP_DATA parameter (Utilities)
- REMAP_DATAFILE parameter (Utilities)
- REMAP_SCHEMA parameter (Utilities)
- REMAP_TABLE parameter (Utilities)
- REMAP_TABLESPACE parameter (Utilities)
- REUSE_DATAFILES parameter (Utilities)
- schema mode (Utilities)
- SCHEMAS parameter (Utilities)
- SKIP_UNUSABLE_INDEXES parameter (Utilities)
- specifying a job name (Utilities)
- specifying dump file set to import (Utilities)
- SQLFILE parameter (Utilities)
- STREAMS_CONFIGURATION parameter (Utilities)
- syntax diagrams (Utilities)
- table mode (Utilities)
- TABLE_EXISTS_ACTION parameter (Utilities)
- TABLES parameter (Utilities)
- tablespace mode (Utilities)
- TABLESPACES parameter (Utilities)
- TRANSFORM parameter (Utilities)
- TRANSPORT_DATAFILES parameter (Utilities)
- TRANSPORT_FULL_CHECK parameter (Utilities)
- TRANSPORT_TABLESPACES parameter (Utilities)
- TRANSPORTABLE parameter (Utilities)
- transportable tablespace mode (Utilities)
- VERSION parameter (Utilities)
- versioning (Utilities)
- Data Pump PL/SQL packages and character set migration (Globalization Support Guide)
- Data Pump utility
-
- using transportable tablespaces with physical standby databases (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- data quality
-
- ensuring (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- Match-Merge operator (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- data quality operators (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- Data Recovery Advisor (2 Day DBA)
- [entry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Concepts)
- [entry #6] (High Availability Overview)
-
- automated repairs (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- data integrity checks (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- diagnosing data corruption (Concepts)
- failure consolidation (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- failure priority (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- failures (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- feasibility checks (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- overview (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- purpose (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- repair options (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- repairing failures (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- repairs (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- supported configurations (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- user interfaces (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- Data Recovery Advisor, repairing data corruptions with (Administrator's Guide)
- data repair
-
- overview (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- techniques (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- Data Repair Advisor (Administrator's Guide)
- data replication and integration (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
-
- options (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- data rules
-
- about (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- applying (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- creating (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- deriving (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- using (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- violation of (Data Warehousing Guide)
- data security
- [entry #2] (OLAP User's Guide)
-
- definition (Concepts)
- encryption, problems not solved by (Security Guide)
- wallet (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- data security policies (OLAP User's Guide)
- data segment compression (Data Warehousing Guide)
-
- bitmap indexes (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- materialized views (Data Warehousing Guide)
- partitioning (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [subentry #2] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- data segments (Concepts)
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- data source
-
- Adabas parameters (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- configuring properties (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #5] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #6] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #7] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #8] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #9] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #10] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- creating an instance of (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- defining Adabas connection (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- defining IMS/DB DBCTL connection (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- defining IMS/DB DBDC connection (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- defining IMS/DB DLI connection (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- defining VSAM connection (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- distributed transactions (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- IMS/DB DBCTL parameters (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- IMS/DB DBDC parameters (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- IMS/DB DLI parameters (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- objects (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- properties (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- setting up Adabas (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- setting up IMS (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- setting up VSAM (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- VSAM parameters (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- data source enumerator (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- data source enumerators (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- data source info
-
- properties (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- data source restrictions (Gateway for VSAM User's Guide)
- data source support
-
- associating a connection (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- associating a default context (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- auto-commit mode (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- dataSource (WITH clause) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- general overview (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- requirements (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- SQLJ data source classes (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- SQLJ data source interfaces (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- SQLJ-specific data sources (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- data sources
- [entry #2] (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
-
- creating and connecting (with JNDI) (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- creating and connecting (without JNDI) (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- database objects (OLAP User's Guide)
- defining SAP objects (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- E-Business Suite (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- e-mail (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- file (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- flat files (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- mapping (OLAP User's Guide)
- Microsoft Excel (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- Oracle Heterogeneous Services (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- Oracle implementation (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- Oracle Transparent Gateways (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- PeopleSoft (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- properties (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- Siebel (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- SQL Server (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- standard interface (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- synchronizing (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- table (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
-
- synchronization (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- user-defined (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- Web (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- data storage
-
- defined procedurally (Text Reference)
- direct (Text Reference)
- example (Text Reference)
- external (Text Reference)
- index default (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- master/detail (Text Reference)
- preference example (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- URL (Text Reference)
- data store
-
- definition (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- exploring (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- gaining access to data in (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- scope of (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- data streaming
- [entry #2] (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
-
- avoiding (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- data structures
-
- new for 8.0 (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- data transfer, maximizing (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- data transfer, RMAN (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- data transformation
-
- multistage (Data Warehousing Guide)
- pipelined (Data Warehousing Guide)
- data truncation (Globalization Support Guide)
-
- restrictions (Globalization Support Guide)
- Data type
-
- BIGINT (Gateway for SQL Server User's Guide)
- BINARY (Gateway for SQL Server User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for Sybase User's Guide)
- BIT (Gateway for SQL Server User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for Sybase User's Guide)
- BYTE (Gateway for Informix User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for Informix User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for Teradata User's Guide)
- BYTEINT (Gateway for Teradata User's Guide)
- CHAR (Gateway for Informix User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for SQL Server User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for Sybase User's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway for Teradata User's Guide)
- conversion (Gateway for Informix User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for SQL Server User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for Sybase User's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway for Teradata User's Guide)
- DATE (Gateway for SQL Server User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for Sybase User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for Teradata User's Guide)
- DATETIME (Gateway for Informix User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for SQL Server User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for Sybase User's Guide)
- DECIMAL (Gateway for Informix User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for SQL Server User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for Sybase User's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway for Teradata User's Guide)
- FLOAT (Gateway for Informix User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for SQL Server User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for Sybase User's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway for Teradata User's Guide)
- [subentry #5] (Gateway for Teradata User's Guide)
- IMAGE (Gateway for SQL Server User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for Sybase User's Guide)
- INTEGER (Gateway for Informix User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for Sybase User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for Teradata User's Guide)
- LONG (Gateway for Informix User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for Sybase User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for Teradata User's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway for Teradata User's Guide)
- LONG RAW (Gateway for Informix User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for Informix User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for SQL Server User's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway for Sybase User's Guide)
- LONG VARCHAR (Gateway for Teradata User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for Teradata User's Guide)
- MONEY (Gateway for Informix User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for SQL Server User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for Sybase User's Guide)
- NCHAR (Gateway for Informix User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for SQL Server User's Guide)
- NUMBER (Gateway for SQL Server User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for Sybase User's Guide)
- NUMERIC (Gateway for SQL Server User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for Sybase User's Guide)
- NVARCHAR (Gateway for Informix User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for SQL Server User's Guide)
- RAW (Gateway for SQL Server User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for Sybase User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for Teradata User's Guide)
- REAL (Gateway for SQL Server User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for Sybase User's Guide)
- SERIAL (Gateway for Informix User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for Informix User's Guide)
- SMALL DATETIME (Gateway for SQL Server User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for Sybase User's Guide)
- SMALL MONEY (Gateway for SQL Server User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for Sybase User's Guide)
- SMALLFLOAT (Gateway for Informix User's Guide)
- SMALLINT (Gateway for SQL Server User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for Sybase User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for Teradata User's Guide)
- TEXT (Gateway for Informix User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for Sybase User's Guide)
- TIME (Gateway for Teradata User's Guide)
- TIMESTAMP (Gateway for SQL Server User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for Teradata User's Guide)
- TINYINT (Gateway for SQL Server User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for Sybase User's Guide)
- VARBINARY (Gateway for SQL Server User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for SQL Server User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for Sybase User's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway for Sybase User's Guide)
- [subentry #5] (Gateway for Teradata User's Guide)
- VARBYTE (Gateway for Teradata User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for Teradata User's Guide)
- VARCHAR (Gateway for Informix User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for Informix User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for SQL Server User's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway for SQL Server User's Guide)
- [subentry #5] (Gateway for Sybase User's Guide)
- [subentry #6] (Gateway for Teradata User's Guide)
- [subentry #7] (Gateway for Teradata User's Guide)
- VARCHAR2 (Gateway for Informix User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for Informix User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for Sybase User's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway for Teradata User's Guide)
- [subentry #5] (Gateway for Teradata User's Guide)
- data type
-
- host-languages (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- internal versus external (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- of MDM metadata objects (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- of Source objects (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- OLAP Java API (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- user defined (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- VARBINARY (Gateway for ODBC User's Guide)
- data type checking support
-
- for remote-mapped statements (Heterogeneous Connectivity Administrator's Guide)
- data type classes (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- data type conversion (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
-
- between internal and external datatypes (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- data type conversions (OLAP DML Reference)
- data type definitions
-
- XML schemas (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- data type equivalencing (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
-
- advantages (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- example (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- guidelines (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- data type mapping (Extensions for .NET Developer's Guide)
- data type mappings (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
-
- allowed object attribute types (JPublisher User's Guide)
- BigDecimal mapping (JPublisher User's Guide)
- data links, URI types (JPublisher User's Guide)
- indexed-by table support (general) (JPublisher User's Guide)
- JDBC mapping (JPublisher User's Guide)
- JPublisher logical progression for mappings (JPublisher User's Guide)
- mapping categories (JPublisher User's Guide)
- mapping to alternative class (subclass), syntax (JPublisher User's Guide)
- Object JDBC mapping (JPublisher User's Guide)
- OPAQUE type support (JPublisher User's Guide)
- Oracle mapping (JPublisher User's Guide)
- overview (JPublisher User's Guide)
- PL/SQL conversion functions (JPublisher User's Guide)
- RECORD type support (JPublisher User's Guide)
- REF CURSORs and result sets (JPublisher User's Guide)
- relevant options (JPublisher User's Guide)
- scalar indexed-by table support with JDBC OCI (JPublisher User's Guide)
- special support for PL/SQL types (JPublisher User's Guide)
- table of mappings (JPublisher User's Guide)
- XMLTYPE support (JPublisher User's Guide)
- -builtintypes option (JPublisher User's Guide)
- -compatible option (JPublisher User's Guide)
- -lobtypes option (JPublisher User's Guide)
- -mapping option (deprecated) (JPublisher User's Guide)
- -numbertypes option (JPublisher User's Guide)
- -usertypes option (JPublisher User's Guide)
- data types
- [entry #2] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
-
- .NET Framework (Extensions for .NET Developer's Guide)
- ADD atomic (Gateway for Adabas User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for IMS User's Guide)
- ADD atomic data types (Gateway for VSAM User's Guide)
- ADD decimal (Gateway for IMS User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for VSAM User's Guide)
- ADD non-atomic (Gateway for IMS User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for VSAM User's Guide)
- ADD scaled (Gateway for Adabas User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for IMS User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for VSAM User's Guide)
- applied (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- array types (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- BFILE (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- BINARY_DEGREE (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- BINARY_FLOAT (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- BLOB (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- Boolean (OLAP DML Reference)
- CHAR (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- CLOB (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- collections in logical standby databases (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- conversion (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for Adabas User's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway for Adabas User's Guide)
- [subentry #5] (Gateway for VSAM User's Guide)
- converting (OLAP DML Reference)
- creating (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- creating a report (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- DATE (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- date (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #3] (OLAP DML Reference)
- DATETIME (OLAP DML Reference)
- datetime (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- determining data type of an object (OLAP DML Reference)
- DSINTERVAL (OLAP DML Reference)
- FLOAT (Gateway for Adabas User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for VSAM User's Guide)
- for literals (Semantic Technologies Developer's Guide)
- for variables (OLAP DML Reference)
- geocoding (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- heterogeneous environments (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- INTERVAL (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- interval (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- Java (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- Java native (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- Java to COM Automation data types (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- JDBC (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- list of supported (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- LONG (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- LONG RAW (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- mapping (Extensions for .NET Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- NCHAR (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- NCLOB (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- nested tables (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- NUMBER (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- numeric (OLAP DML Reference)
- NVARCHAR2 (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- ODP.NET Types (Extensions for .NET Developer's Guide)
- of expressions (OLAP DML Reference)
- of numeric expressions (OLAP DML Reference)
- of user-defined function (OLAP DML Reference)
- Oracle SQL (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- PL/SQL to COM Automation data types (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- qualifying data for expressions (OLAP DML Reference)
- RAW (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #3] (OLAP DML Reference)
- restricting access (OLAP DML Reference)
- ROWID (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- See also object types
- showing a single value (OLAP DML Reference)
- spatial (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- Spatial, Image, and Context (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- table of (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- text (OLAP DML Reference)
- TIMESTAMP (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- TIMESTAMP_LTZ (OLAP DML Reference)
- TIMESTAMP_TZ (OLAP DML Reference)
- transferring from one format to another (OLAP DML Reference)
- transient and generic (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- UROWID (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- user-defined (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- VARBINARY (Gateway for Adabas User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for VSAM User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for VSAM User's Guide)
- VARCHAR (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- VARCHAR2 (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- XMLType (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- YMINTERVAL (OLAP DML Reference)
- data types for semantic data (Semantic Technologies Developer's Guide)
- data types mappings
-
- determing appropriate (Extensions for .NET Developer's Guide)
- data types supported by the OO4O Code Wizard (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- data variables into XML (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- Data Vault (Installation Guide for Linux)
- Data Viewer (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- Data Warehouse
-
- configuration type (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- data warehouse (Concepts)
- [entry #2] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #3] (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
-
- architectures (Data Warehousing Guide)
- deploying applications for in Oracle Real Application Clusters (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- dimension tables (Data Warehousing Guide)
- dimensions (Data Warehousing Guide)
- fact tables (Data Warehousing Guide)
- logical design (Data Warehousing Guide)
- partitioned tables (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- physical design (Data Warehousing Guide)
- refresh tips (Data Warehousing Guide)
- refreshing table data (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- star queries (Data Warehousing Guide)
- data warehouses
-
- common tasks (2 Day + Data Warehousing Guide)
- key characteristics of (2 Day + Data Warehousing Guide)
- setting up (2 Day + Data Warehousing Guide)
- [subentry #2] (2 Day + Data Warehousing Guide)
- tools (2 Day + Data Warehousing Guide)
- data warehousing
- [entry #2] (Data Mining Concepts)
-
- architecture (Concepts)
- bitmap indexes (Concepts)
- dimension schema objects (Concepts)
- ETL (Concepts)
- hierarchies (Concepts)
- materialized views (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- OLAP (Concepts)
- summaries (Concepts)
- data warehousing security (2 Day + Data Warehousing Guide)
- data warehousing tool
-
- Oracle OLAP (Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Installation Guide for Linux)
- data, accessing (Gateway for Adabas User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for IMS User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for VSAM User's Guide)
- data, non-relational (Gateway for Adabas User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for IMS User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for VSAM User's Guide)
- data, updating (Connect for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for IBM z/OS)
- DATA_BLOCK_ADDRESS_BLOCK function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DATA_BLOCK_ADDRESS_FILE function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DATA_LABEL function (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- DATA_OPTIONS parameter
-
- Data Pump Export utility (Utilities)
- Data Pump Import utility (Utilities)
- database
-
- about version (Application Express User's Guide)
- administrator (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- authorities - CONNECT, BINDADD, and CREATETAB (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- backup (2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- block size (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- bounding database crash recovery time (Concepts)
- catalogs (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- centralizing logic (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- changes to (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- cloning (Administrator's Guide)
- comparison of Oracle RAC to single-instance (2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- components, created when using DBCA (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- connect identifier (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- connecting
-
- from an applet (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- via multiple Connection Managers (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- with server-side internal driver (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- connecting to (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- connection functions (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- connection testing (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- constants for connection (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- creation (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- data dictionary views reference (Administrator's Guide)
- disabling access (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- disconnection (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- dynamic information (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- Easy Connect syntax (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- enabling access (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- executing the query (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- exporting (Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
- fetching all rows (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- flashing back (SQL Language Reference)
- link
-
- behavior (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- binding the gateway package (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- creating (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- defining and controlling (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- defining and controlling (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- dropping links (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- examining (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- guidelines (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- limits (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- processing (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- suffix (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- to identify the gateway (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- loading data into (Application Express User's Guide)
- locking
-
- OWA_OPT_LOCK package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- monitoring (Application Express User's Guide)
- mounting (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- native tool (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- navigating records (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- opening (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- overview of creating (2 Day DBA)
- privileges (Java Developer's Guide)
- quiescing (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- recovery (2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- returning to a past time (SQL Language Reference)
- scalability (Data Warehousing Guide)
- schema plan (Java Developer's Guide)
- SRVCTL object noun name (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- staging (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- starting up (Administrator's Guide)
- statistics (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- storing employee images (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- time (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- [subentry #2] (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- [subentry #3] (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- tnsnames.ora (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- trigger (Java Developer's Guide)
- triggers (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- unloading data from (Application Express User's Guide)
- validating connection (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- Database Access Descriptor, definition, Glossary (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- Database Account Credentials (Application Express User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Application Express User's Guide)
- Database Account Default Password Report (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- Database Account Status Report (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- database accounts
-
- counting privileges of (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- creation scenarios (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DBSNMP (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- default Oracle Database Vault (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DVSYS (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- LBACSYS (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- monitoring (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- reports
-
- Accounts With DBA Roles Report (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- ALTER SYSTEM or ALTER SESSION Report (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- ANY System Privileges for Database Accounts Report (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- AUDIT Privileges Report (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- BECOME USER Report (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- Database Account Default Password Report (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- Database Account Status Report (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- Database Accounts With Catalog Roles Report (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- Direct and Indirect System Privileges By Database Account Report (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- Direct Object Privileges Report (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- Direct System Privileges By Database Account Report (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- Hierarchical System Privileges by Database Account Report (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- Object Access By PUBLIC Report (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- Object Access Not By PUBLIC Report (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- OS Security Vulnerability Privileges (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- Password History Access Report (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- Privileges Distribution By Grantee Report (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- Privileges Distribution By Grantee Report (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- Privileges Distribution By Grantee Report (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- Privileges Distribution By Grantee, Owner Report (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- Privileges Distribution By Grantee, Owner Report (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- Privileges Distribution By Grantee, Owner, Privilege Report (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- Privileges Distribution By Grantee, Owner, Privilege Report (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- Roles/Accounts That Have a Given Role Report (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- Security Policy Exemption Report (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- WITH ADMIN Privilege Grants Report (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- WITH GRANT Privileges Report (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- See user accounts
- solution for lockouts (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- suggested (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- SYSMAN (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- Database Accounts With Catalog Roles Report (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- database administration
-
- privileges required (2 Day DBA)
- database administrators
-
- application administrator versus (Concepts)
- DBA role (Administrator's Guide)
- operating system account (Administrator's Guide)
- password files for (Administrator's Guide)
- responsibilities of (Administrator's Guide)
- roles
-
- for security (Concepts)
- security and privileges of (Administrator's Guide)
- security for (Concepts)
- security officer versus (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- SYS and SYSTEM accounts (Administrator's Guide)
- task definitions (Administrator's Guide)
- utilities for (Administrator's Guide)
- database administrators (DBAs)
-
- access, controlling (Security Guide)
- authentication (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- data dictionary views (Concepts)
- DBA role (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- malicious, encryption not solved by (Security Guide)
- password files (Concepts)
- database block size
-
- setting (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- database buffers
-
- after committing transactions (Concepts)
- buffer cache (Concepts)
- clean (Concepts)
- committing transactions (Concepts)
- defined (Concepts)
- dirty (Concepts)
- free (Concepts)
- multiple buffer pools (Administrator's Guide)
- pinned (Concepts)
- writing of (Concepts)
- Database Change Notification (Concepts)
-
- best practices (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- performance considerations (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- database change notification (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
-
- ODP.NET support (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- database changes, saving automatically (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- database character set
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
-
- character data conversion (Globalization Support Guide)
- choosing (Globalization Support Guide)
- compatibility between client operating system and applications (Globalization Support Guide)
- performance (Globalization Support Guide)
- Database Character Set Scanner (Globalization Support Guide)
-
- analyse_histgrm.sql script (Globalization Support Guide)
- analyse_rule.sql script (Globalization Support Guide)
- analyse_source.sql script (Globalization Support Guide)
- array parameter (Globalization Support Guide)
- boundaries parameter (Globalization Support Guide)
- capture parameter (Globalization Support Guide)
- column parameter (Globalization Support Guide)
- CSM$COLUMNS table (Globalization Support Guide)
- CSM$ERRORS table (Globalization Support Guide)
- CSM$TABLES table (Globalization Support Guide)
- CSMV$COLUMNS view (Globalization Support Guide)
- CSMV$CONSTRAINTS view (Globalization Support Guide)
- CSMV$ERROR view (Globalization Support Guide)
- CSMV$INDEXES view (Globalization Support Guide)
- CSMV$TABLES view (Globalization Support Guide)
- Database Scan Summary Report (Globalization Support Guide)
- error messages (Globalization Support Guide)
- exclude parameter (Globalization Support Guide)
- feedback parameter (Globalization Support Guide)
- fromnchar parameter (Globalization Support Guide)
- full parameter (Globalization Support Guide)
- help parameter (Globalization Support Guide)
- Individual Exception Report (Globalization Support Guide)
- invoking (Globalization Support Guide)
- lastrpt parameter (Globalization Support Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Globalization Support Guide)
- maxblocks parameter (Globalization Support Guide)
- online help (Globalization Support Guide)
- performance (Globalization Support Guide)
- preserve parameter (Globalization Support Guide)
- query parameter (Globalization Support Guide)
- restrictions (Globalization Support Guide)
- scan modes (Globalization Support Guide)
- suppress parameter (Globalization Support Guide)
- table parameter (Globalization Support Guide)
- tochar parameter (Globalization Support Guide)
- user parameter (Globalization Support Guide)
- userid parameter (Globalization Support Guide)
- utility (Globalization Support Guide)
- views (Globalization Support Guide)
- DATABASE clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- DATABASE command
-
- name change, Preface (OLAP DML Reference)
- See AW command
- Database Companion (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- database concepts for host application developer (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- database configuration
-
- monitoring changes (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- Database Configuration Assistant
- [entry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
-
- ASM Disk Groups page (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- auditing by default (2 Day + Security Guide)
- components created by (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- configuring database options (2 Day DBA)
- control files (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- creating Oracle Real Application Clusters database
-
- after installation (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- during installation (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- during installation (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- datafiles (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- default passwords, changing (2 Day + Security Guide)
- deleting a database (2 Day DBA)
- deleting databases with (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- deleting Oracle Real Application Clusters databases (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- directory naming (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- initialization parameter files (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- Initialization Parameters page (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- List of Cluster Databases page (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- managing database templates (2 Day DBA)
- Operations page (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- Oracle Label Security, installing (2 Day + Security Guide)
- Recovery Configuration page (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- redo log files (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- rollback segments (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- running in silent mode (Installation Guide for Linux)
- shared server configuration (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- Summary dialog (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- tablespaces (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- troubleshooting (Installation Guide for Linux)
- using (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- using to create a database (2 Day DBA)
- using to install Sample Schemas (Sample Schemas)
- Welcome page (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- [subentry #2] (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- Database Configuration Assistant (DBCA)
- [entry #2] (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
-
- adding and deleting instances in silent mode (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- cloning Oracle RAC instances (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- creating views for Oracle Real Application Clusters (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- Database Storage page (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- default passwords, changing (Security Guide)
- Instance Management page (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- List of Cluster Databases page (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- Operations page (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- password settings in default profile (Security Guide)
- running the catclustdb.sql script (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- Summary dialog (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- troubleshooting (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- user accounts, automatically locking and expiring (Security Guide)
- Welcome page (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- database configuration collections (Installation Guide for Linux)
- database configuration parameters
-
- Design Repository database (Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide)
- runtime Repository database (Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide)
- database configuration type
-
- selecting (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- database connection
-
- configuring Messaging Gateway connection information (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- for object applications (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- Messaging Gateway (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- database connection, verify (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- database connections
-
- creating, editing, or selecting (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- defining (OLAP User's Guide)
- explanation (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- Microsoft Access (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- Microsoft SQL Server (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- MySQL (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- Oracle Database (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- Recovery Manager
-
- auxiliary database (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- hiding passwords (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- without a catalog (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- SYSDBA required for RMAN (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- types in RMAN (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- database connectivity APIs (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- Database Control
- [entry #2] (OLAP User's Guide)
-
- See Oracle Enterprise Manager Database Control
- starting and stopping (2 Day DBA)
- Database Creation Assistant (Concepts)
- database creation using scripts (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- Database data control property (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- database definition language
-
- generating DDL statements (Application Express User's Guide)
- database definition language (DDL)
-
- statements
-
- controlling with command rules (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- database domains, Database_Domain default factor (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- database event publication framework
-
- definition of, in publish-subscribe model (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- database events
- [entry #2] (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
-
- attributes (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- detection (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- publish-subscribe model and (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- tracking (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- database files
-
- recovering (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- supported storage options (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- database findings (2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- DATABASE function
-
- name change, Preface (OLAP DML Reference)
- See AW function
- database guard (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
-
- overriding (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- database ID (DBID)
-
- changing (Utilities)
- database identifier
-
- changing (Utilities)
- database incarnation
-
- changes with OPEN RESETLOGS (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- database initialization (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- database initialization parameters
-
- adjusting when Streams values change (Data Warehousing Guide)
- database integration (OLAP User's Guide)
- database job-queue processes
-
- starting (Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- database limits (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- Database link
-
- behavior (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- database link (Application Express User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #4] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #5] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #6] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
-
- behavior (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #5] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #6] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #7] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #8] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #9] (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- browsing (Application Express User's Guide)
- creating (Application Express User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #5] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #6] (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
-
- when configuring Oracle database (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- when configuring Oracle database (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- when configuring Oracle database (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- when configuring Oracle database (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- creating synonym for (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- defining (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- determining available links (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- dropping (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- dropping, when deinstalling the gateway (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- dropping, when removing the gateway (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- example using (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- in configuring the network (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- in verifying gateway installation
-
- on gateway using SNA (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- on gateway using SNA (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- on gateway using TCP/IP for IMS Connect (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- on gateway using TCP/IP for IMS Connect (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- limiting active links (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- public and private (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- security, CONNECT clause (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- testing (Application Express User's Guide)
- using in DELETE command (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- using in delete command (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- using in INSERT statement (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- using in UPDATE command (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- where stored (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- database link name
-
- modifying .sql files (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- database links
- [entry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- [entry #4] (SQL Language Reference)
-
- Advanced Replication interface (Advanced Replication)
- advantages (Administrator's Guide)
- and object types (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- application context support (Security Guide)
- application contexts (Security Guide)
- auditing (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- authenticating with Kerberos (Security Guide)
- authenticating with third-party services (Security Guide)
- authentication (Administrator's Guide)
- authentication without passwords (Administrator's Guide)
- closing (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- connected user (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Administrator's Guide)
- connection qualifiers (Advanced Replication)
- connections, determining open (Administrator's Guide)
- controlling connections (Administrator's Guide)
- creating (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [subentry #2] (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #5] (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #6] (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #7] (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #8] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #9] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #10] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #11] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #12] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #13] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #14] (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #15] (SQL Language Reference)
- creating a synonym (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- creating or editing (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- creating shared (Administrator's Guide)
- creating synonyms with (SQL Language Reference)
- creating, examples (Administrator's Guide)
- creating, scenarios (Administrator's Guide)
- current user (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (SQL Language Reference)
- data dictionary USER views (Administrator's Guide)
- definition (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [subentry #2] (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Administrator's Guide)
- description (2 Day DBA)
- diagnosing problems with (Advanced Replication)
- distributed queries (Administrator's Guide)
- distributed transactions (Administrator's Guide)
- dropping (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- enforcing global naming (Administrator's Guide)
- enterprise users and (Administrator's Guide)
- fixed user (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Administrator's Guide)
- global (Administrator's Guide)
- global names (Administrator's Guide)
- global object names (Administrator's Guide)
- global user authentication (Security Guide)
- granting system privileges for (SQL Language Reference)
- handling errors (Administrator's Guide)
- incomplete specifications (Advanced Replication)
- limiting number of connections (Administrator's Guide)
- listing (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Administrator's Guide)
- managing (Administrator's Guide)
- materialized view sites (Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication)
- minimizing network connections (Administrator's Guide)
- name resolution (Administrator's Guide)
- names for (Administrator's Guide)
- naming (SQL Language Reference)
- not supported if spatial index is defined on the table (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- object privileges (Security Guide)
- operating system accounts, care needed (Security Guide)
- Oracle Streams (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- Oracle XA and (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- private (Administrator's Guide)
- public (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
-
- dropping (SQL Language Reference)
- RADIUS not supported (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Enterprise User Security Administrator's Guide)
- referential integrity in (Administrator's Guide)
- referring to (SQL Language Reference)
- remote transactions (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- removing from the database (SQL Language Reference)
- replication (Advanced Replication)
- resolution (Administrator's Guide)
- restrictions (Administrator's Guide)
- re-creating (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- roles on remote database (Administrator's Guide)
- scheduled links (Advanced Replication)
- schema objects and (Administrator's Guide)
- service names used within link names (Administrator's Guide)
- session-based application contexts, accessing (Security Guide)
- shared (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #5] (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #6] (SQL Language Reference)
- shared SQL (Administrator's Guide)
- synonyms for schema objects (Administrator's Guide)
- syntax (SQL Language Reference)
- tuning distributed queries (Administrator's Guide)
- tuning queries with hints (Administrator's Guide)
- tuning using collocated inline views (Administrator's Guide)
- types of links (Administrator's Guide)
- types of users (Administrator's Guide)
- username and password (SQL Language Reference)
- users, specifying (Administrator's Guide)
- using cost-based optimization (Administrator's Guide)
- using in DELETE statement (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- using in INSERT statement (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- using in UPDATE statement (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- viewing (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- database links, behavior (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #4] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #5] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #6] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- database maintenance
-
- using Streams (Streams Concepts and Administration)
-
- assumptions (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- capture database (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- instantiation (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- job slaves (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- logical dependencies (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- PL/SQL package subprograms (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- user-created applications (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- user-defined types (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- Database Management System Protection Profile (DBMS PP) (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- database migration
-
- partitioning of (Utilities)
- Database Monitor
-
- I/O (Application Express User's Guide)
- Locks (Application Express User's Guide)
- Long Operations (Application Express User's Guide)
- Open Cursors (Application Express User's Guide)
- Sessions (Application Express User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Application Express User's Guide)
- SQL (Application Express User's Guide)
- Top SQL (Application Express User's Guide)
- Waits (Application Express User's Guide)
- database monitoring
- [entry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [entry #3] (Performance Tuning Guide)
-
- diagnostic (Performance Tuning Guide)
- enabling (Application Express User's Guide)
- system statistics (Application Express User's Guide)
- database name (DBNAME)
-
- changing (Utilities)
- database name at startup (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- Database Object Dependencies
-
- Next button (Application Express User's Guide)
- Page field (Application Express User's Guide)
- Previous button (Application Express User's Guide)
- View list (Application Express User's Guide)
- database object metadata (Concepts)
- database objects
- [entry #2] (SQL Developer User's Guide)
-
- comparing (Concepts)
- dropping (SQL Language Reference)
- exporting (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- exporting LONG columns (Utilities)
- naming (2 Day DBA)
- nonschema (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- obtaining growth trends for (Administrator's Guide)
- Oracle Database Vault (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- purging (Application Express User's Guide)
- reports
-
- Object Dependencies Report (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- restoring (Application Express User's Guide)
- schema (SQL Language Reference)
- searching for (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- See also objects
- viewing (Application Express User's Guide)
- database options, installing (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- database performance
-
- alerts (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- automatic monitoring (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- comparing (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- current analysis (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- degradation over time (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- historical analysis (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- manual monitoring (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- overview (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- database point-in-time recovery (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
-
- definition (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- Flashback Database and (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- prerequisites (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- user-managed (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- database records
-
- updating (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- database recovery
-
- using Enterprise Manager (2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- Database Replay (Concepts)
- [entry #2] (High Availability Overview)
-
- database workloads before upgrading (Upgrade Guide)
- Database Resident Connection Pool (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- database resident connection pooling (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Net Services Reference)
- [entry #4] (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
- administration (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- advantages (Administrator's Guide)
- configuration parameters (Administrator's Guide)
- configuring the connection pool (Administrator's Guide)
- data dictionary views reference (Administrator's Guide)
- described (Concepts)
- disabling (Administrator's Guide)
- enabling (Administrator's Guide)
- restrictions (Administrator's Guide)
- using (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- Database Resource Manager
- [entry #2] (2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- [entry #3] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [entry #4] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [entry #5] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [entry #6] (Performance Tuning Guide)
-
- active session pool with queuing (Administrator's Guide)
- administering system privilege (Administrator's Guide)
- and operating system control (Administrator's Guide)
- automatic consumer group switching (Administrator's Guide)
- CREATE_SIMPLE_PLAN procedure (Administrator's Guide)
- data dictionary views reference (Administrator's Guide)
- description (Administrator's Guide)
- enabling (Administrator's Guide)
- execution time limit (Administrator's Guide)
- introduction (Concepts)
- resource allocation methods (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #5] (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #6] (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #7] (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #8] (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #9] (Administrator's Guide)
- resource consumer groups (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Administrator's Guide)
- resource plan directives (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Administrator's Guide)
- resource plans (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #5] (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #6] (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #7] (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #8] (Administrator's Guide)
- terminology (2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- undo pool (Administrator's Guide)
- used for quiescing a database (Administrator's Guide)
- using (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- validating plan schema changes (Administrator's Guide)
- database resource manager
-
- See also DBRM
- database resources
-
- monitoring (Data Guard Broker)
- database roles
-
- about (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- counting privileges of (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- default Oracle Database Vault (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DV_ACCTMGR
-
- about (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- adding to Data Dictionary realm (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DV_ADMIN (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DV_OWNER (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DV_PUBLIC (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DV_REALM_OWNER (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DV_REALM_RESOURCE (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DV_SECANALYST (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- enabled, determining with DVSYS.ROLE_IS_ENABLED (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- monitoring (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- Oracle Database Vault, default (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- primary (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- reports
-
- Accounts With DBA Roles Report (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- ALTER SYSTEM or ALTER SESSION Report (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- AUDIT Privileges Report (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- BECOME USER Report (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- Database Accounts With Catalog Roles Report (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- OS Security Vulnerability Privileges (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- Privileges Distribution By Grantee Report (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- Roles/Accounts That Have a Given Role Report (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- Security Policy Exemption Report (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- WITH ADMIN Privilege Grants Report (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- separation of duty enforcement (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- standby (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- transitions (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- database roles, changing (Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide)
- Database Scan Summary Report (Globalization Support Guide)
- database schema
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
- default (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- DESCRIBE parameter (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- of an application (Application Express User's Guide)
- physical standby databases (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- SHOW (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- specifying (Application Express User's Guide)
- Database Schema attributes (Application Express User's Guide)
- database schema objects (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- database schemas
-
- designing for multiple languages (Globalization Support Guide)
- grouped
-
- See realms (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- database security
- [entry #2] (OLAP User's Guide)
-
- Column Privileges report (Application Express User's Guide)
- Role Privileges report (Application Express User's Guide)
- System Privileges report (Application Express User's Guide)
- database server configuration
-
- access control (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- allocating resources with shared server (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- connect-request timeouts (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- local naming (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- log files (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- loopback tests (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- shared server (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- starting the database (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- trace files (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- database server connections
-
- methods (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- syntax (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- Database Server Grid (High Availability Overview)
-
- description (High Availability Overview)
- database server testing (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- database sessions (Vault Administrator's Guide)
-
- controlling with Allow Sessions default rule set (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- factor evaluation (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- session user name, Proxy_User default factor (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- database signatures
-
- matching the FAN parameters (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- database specifiers (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- Database Storage Grid (High Availability Overview)
-
- description (High Availability Overview)
- Database Storage page (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- database structures
-
- control files (Concepts)
- data blocks (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- data dictionary (Concepts)
- datafiles (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- extents (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- memory (Concepts)
- processes (Concepts)
- revealing with rowids (Concepts)
- schema objects (Concepts)
- segments (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- tablespaces (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- database tables
-
- creating for DBMS_TRACE (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- Database Throughput page
-
- performance monitoring (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- database time zone (Globalization Support Guide)
- database triggers (Concepts)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
-
- autonomous (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- calling Java (Java Developer's Guide)
- database triggers. See triggers
- database tuning
-
- performance degradation over time (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- preparing the database (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- proactive tuning (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- reactive tuning (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- real-time performance problems (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- SQL tuning (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- tools (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- transient performance problems (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- using the Performance page (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- database tuning, Preface (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- database types
-
- new (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- DATABASE UNIQUE NAME parameter
-
- FAN, and matching database signature (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- database upgrade
-
- simulating with SQL Performance Analyzer (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- Database Upgrade Assistant
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
-
- overview (2 Day DBA)
- restrictions on versions (2 Day DBA)
- starting (2 Day DBA)
- steps for upgrading (2 Day DBA)
- Database Upgrade Assistant (DBUA) (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
-
- advantages (Upgrade Guide)
- command line options (Upgrade Guide)
- Oracle RAC enhancements, Preface (Upgrade Guide)
- registering the database in the listener.ora file (Upgrade Guide)
- running (Upgrade Guide)
- silent mode (Upgrade Guide)
- single-instance database enhancements 11g, Preface (Upgrade Guide)
- single-instance database enhancements, Preface (Upgrade Guide)
- starting (Upgrade Guide)
- database upgrade process
-
- overview (Upgrade Guide)
- database upgrades
-
- using Oracle Streams (High Availability Overview)
- database upgrades and CONNECT role (Security Guide)
- database URL
-
- default prefix for online checking (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- including userid and password (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- SIDs deprecated (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- use of database service names (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- database URL, specifying (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- database URLs (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
-
- and database specifiers (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- database_specifier (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- driver_type (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- syntax (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- thin-style service names (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- database users
-
- creating in Warehouse Builder (Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide)
- registering as Warehouse Builder users (Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide)
- Database Vault
-
- installation (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- postinstallation (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- See Oracle Database Vault
- Database Vault Administrator
-
- deploy manually (Upgrade Guide)
- Database Vault Configuration Assistant (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- database writer process
-
- calculating checksums for data blocks (Administrator's Guide)
- database writer process (DBWn) (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
-
- checkpoints (Concepts)
- defined (Concepts)
- least recently used algorithm (LRU) (Concepts)
- media failure (Concepts)
- multiple DBWn processes (Concepts)
- tuning (Data Warehousing Guide)
- when active (Concepts)
- write-ahead (Concepts)
- writing to disk at checkpoints (Concepts)
- database writer process (DBWR)
-
- checkpoint (Reference)
- database, locking (Gateway for VSAM User's Guide)
- database_file_clauses (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- database_logging_clauses (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- DATABASE_PROPERTIES view
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
- name of default temporary tablespace (Administrator's Guide)
- rename of default temporary tablespace (Administrator's Guide)
- database_role attribute (Scheduler job) (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DATABASE_TRACE_DISABLE Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DATABASE_TRACE_ENABLE Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DatabaseMetaData calls (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- DatabaseMetaData class (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- DatabaseName data control property (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- databases
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
-
- access control
-
- password encryption (Concepts)
- password encryption (Security Guide)
- accounts
-
- creating (SQL Language Reference)
- additional security resources (Security Guide)
- administering (Administrator's Guide)
- administration of distributed (Administrator's Guide)
- advisors
-
- using (2 Day DBA)
- alerts (2 Day DBA)
-
- responding to alerts (2 Day DBA)
- setting metric thresholds (2 Day DBA)
- setting notification rules (2 Day DBA)
- viewing metrics (2 Day DBA)
- allowing changes to (SQL Language Reference)
- allowing generation of redo logs (SQL Language Reference)
- allowing reuse of control files (SQL Language Reference)
- allowing unlimited resources to users (SQL Language Reference)
- altering availability (Administrator's Guide)
- applying Oracle interim patches (High Availability Overview)
- archive mode
-
- specifying (SQL Language Reference)
- attributes (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- authentication (Security Guide)
- Automatic Storage Management requirements (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Installation Guide for Linux)
- backing up (Administrator's Guide)
- backup
-
- description (2 Day DBA)
- backup and recovery (2 Day DBA)
- blocks
-
- specifying size (SQL Language Reference)
- buffers (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- cancel-based recovery (SQL Language Reference)
-
- terminating (SQL Language Reference)
- change-based recovery (SQL Language Reference)
- changing characteristics (SQL Language Reference)
- changing global name (SQL Language Reference)
- changing name (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- changing the database ID (Utilities)
- changing the name (Utilities)
- changing the state of (Data Guard Broker)
- character set, specifying (SQL Language Reference)
- character sets
-
- specifying (SQL Language Reference)
- clone database (Concepts)
- closing (Concepts)
-
- terminating the instance (Concepts)
- committing to standby status (SQL Language Reference)
- configuring options (2 Day DBA)
- connect strings (SQL Language Reference)
- connecting to (Data Guard Broker)
- connecting to default (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- connecting to remote (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- consolidating multiple in a cluster (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- control files of (Administrator's Guide)
- controlling (SQL Language Reference)
- controlling restarts (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- controlling use (SQL Language Reference)
- copying data between (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- copying data between tables on a single (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- create script for (SQL Language Reference)
- creating (SQL Language Reference)
- creating and adding to a broker configuration (Data Guard Broker)
- creating manually (Administrator's Guide)
- creating with DBCA (2 Day DBA)
- database limits (Reference)
- database user and application user (Security Guide)
- datafiles
-
- modifying (SQL Language Reference)
- specifying (SQL Language Reference)
- dbconsole
-
- checking process (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- starting process (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- default language (Reference)
- default security features, summary (Security Guide)
- default temporary tablespace, specifying (Administrator's Guide)
- defined with factors (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- deleting using DBCA (2 Day DBA)
- dependencies (Data Guard Broker)
- describing (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- designing media recovery (SQL Language Reference)
- diagnosing and monitoring (Performance Tuning Guide)
- diagnosing performance problems (2 Day DBA)
- disabling management of (Data Guard Broker)
- disconnecting without leaving SQL*Plus (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- distributed
-
- changing global database name (Concepts)
- domain, Domain default factor (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- downgrading (Upgrade Guide)
- dropping (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- during
-
- fast-start failover (Data Guard Broker)
- manual failover (Data Guard Broker)
- switchover (Data Guard Broker)
- enabling (Data Guard Broker)
- ending backup of (SQL Language Reference)
- erasing all data from (SQL Language Reference)
- event monitoring (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- events
-
- and triggers (SQL Language Reference)
- auditing (SQL Language Reference)
- transparent logging of (SQL Language Reference)
- exporting entire (Utilities)
- failover and (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- files (Installation Guide for Linux)
- full import (Utilities)
- global database names in distributed systems (Administrator's Guide)
- granting privileges (Security Guide)
- granting roles (Security Guide)
- granting system privileges for (SQL Language Reference)
- health (Data Guard Broker)
- host names, Database_Hostname default factor (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- identifying (Installation Guide for Linux)
- importing definitions from (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- in FLASHBACK mode (SQL Language Reference)
- in FORCE LOGGING mode (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- incarnations (Concepts)
- initialization parameter file (Installation Guide for Linux)
- installation for broker management (Data Guard Broker)
- instance, retrieving information with functions (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- instances
-
- Database_Instance default factor (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- names, finding with DVF.F$DATABASE_INSTANCE (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- number, finding with DVSYS.DV_INSTANCE_NUM (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- instances of (SQL Language Reference)
- IP addresses
-
- Database_IP default factor (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- retrieving with DVF.F$DATABASE_IP (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- limitations on usage (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- limiting resources for users (SQL Language Reference)
- listener, starting (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- listing for backups (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- log file location (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- log files
-
- modifying (SQL Language Reference)
- specifying (SQL Language Reference)
- managed recovery (SQL Language Reference)
- managing
-
- roadmap (2 Day DBA)
- managing with Oracle Enterprise Manager Database Control (2 Day DBA)
- media recovery procedures, user-managed (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- media recovery scenarios (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- metric thresholds (2 Day DBA)
- modifying (SQL Language Reference)
- monitorable database properties (Data Guard Broker)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Broker)
- monitoring
-
- alert-based (2 Day DBA)
- monitoring events (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- monitoring performance (2 Day DBA)
- mounting (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #4] (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #5] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- mounting a database (Administrator's Guide)
- mounting to an instance (Administrator's Guide)
- moving a subset to a different database (SQL Language Reference)
- moving between platforms (Utilities)
- name stored in control files (Concepts)
- names
-
- Database_Name default factor (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- retrieving with DVF.F$DATABASE_NAME (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- retrieving with DVSYS.DV_DATABASE_NAME (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- names, about (Administrator's Guide)
- names, conflicts in (Administrator's Guide)
- namespace (SQL Language Reference)
- naming (Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- national character set
-
- specifying (SQL Language Reference)
- network setup (Data Guard Broker)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Broker)
- non-Oracle
-
- APPC-enabled (Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- APPC-enabled (Installation Guide for Linux)
- non-Oracle, listed (Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Installation Guide for Linux)
- no-data-loss mode (SQL Language Reference)
- objects (Data Guard Broker)
-
- definition (Data Guard Broker)
- in a broker configuration (Data Guard Broker)
- OLAP support (Oracle OLAP) (Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Installation Guide for Linux)
- online
-
- adding log files (SQL Language Reference)
- open and closed (Concepts)
- opening (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #4] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- opening a closed database (Administrator's Guide)
- opening read-only (Concepts)
- Optimal Flexible Architecture file naming conventions (Installation Guide for Linux)
- parameters
-
- Security Related Database Parameters Report (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- performance
-
- advisors (2 Day DBA)
- planning (Administrator's Guide)
- planning creation (Administrator's Guide)
- prepare to re-create (SQL Language Reference)
- preparing before installing Warehouse Builder (Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide)
- prerequisites for broker configurations (Data Guard Broker)
- preventing changes to (SQL Language Reference)
- privileges for exporting and importing (Utilities)
- production (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- properties (Data Guard Broker)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Broker)
- [subentry #3] (Data Guard Broker)
- property management (Data Guard Broker)
- protection mode of (SQL Language Reference)
- quiesced state (SQL Language Reference)
- quiescing (Administrator's Guide)
- read/write (SQL Language Reference)
- read-only (SQL Language Reference)
- read-only mode, starting in (Security Guide)
- read-only, opening (Administrator's Guide)
- reconstructing damaged (SQL Language Reference)
- recovering (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #4] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- recovery
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
-
- after control file damage (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- after control file damage (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- allowing corrupt blocks (SQL Language Reference)
- description (2 Day DBA)
- testing (SQL Language Reference)
- with backup control file (SQL Language Reference)
- recovery with Oracle Backup and Recovery (Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Installation Guide for Linux)
- redo log files (Installation Guide for Linux)
- reducing fragmentation (Utilities)
- reenabling after a role transition (Data Guard Broker)
- registering in recovery catalog (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- reimporting definitions (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- remote
-
- accessing (SQL Language Reference)
- authenticating users to (SQL Language Reference)
- connecting to (SQL Language Reference)
- inserting into (SQL Language Reference)
- service name of (SQL Language Reference)
- table locks on (SQL Language Reference)
- removing
- [subentry #2] (Installation Guide for Linux)
-
- from a broker configuration (Data Guard Broker)
- removing Oracle HTML DB (Installation Guide for Linux)
- renaming (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Administrator's Guide)
- reporting on schemas (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- resetting
-
- to an earlier version (SQL Language Reference)
- resource limits (Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Reference)
- restarting (2 Day + Security Guide)
-
- after fast-start failover (Data Guard Broker)
- restoring earlier version of (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- restricting access (Administrator's Guide)
- restricting users to read-only transactions (SQL Language Reference)
- resuming (Administrator's Guide)
- resuming activity (SQL Language Reference)
- reusing existing datafiles
-
- Import (Utilities)
- re-creating control file for (SQL Language Reference)
- role transition and (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- roles that do not exist (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- scalability (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- [subentry #3] (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- schema creation, finding with DVF.F$IDENTIFICATION_TYPE (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- schema creation, Identification_Type default factor (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- security and schemas (Security Guide)
- security embedded, advantages of (Security Guide)
- security management (Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Installation Guide for Linux)
- security policies based on (Security Guide)
- server grid (High Availability Overview)
- shutting down (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #4] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
- effect on fast-start failover (Data Guard Broker)
- effect on fast-start failover (Data Guard Broker)
- effect on fast-start failover (Data Guard Broker)
- size (Performance Tuning Guide)
- specifying control files (Administrator's Guide)
- standby
-
- adding log files (SQL Language Reference)
- starting (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- starting up (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
-
- forced (Concepts)
- startup, DVSYS.DBMS_MACUTL fields (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- states (Data Guard Broker)
-
- dependencies (Data Guard Broker)
- transitions (Data Guard Broker)
- statistics (Performance Tuning Guide)
- status (Data Guard Broker)
- steps for installing/creating (2 Day DBA)
- storage structure
-
- logical structures (2 Day DBA)
- physical structures (2 Day DBA)
- structural changes, monitoring (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- structures
-
- control files (Concepts)
- data blocks (Concepts)
- data blocks (Concepts)
- data dictionary (Concepts)
- datafiles (Concepts)
- datafiles (Concepts)
- extents (Concepts)
- extents (Concepts)
- logical (Concepts)
- memory (Concepts)
- processes (Concepts)
- revealing with rowids (Concepts)
- schema objects (Concepts)
- segments (Concepts)
- segments (Concepts)
- tablespaces (Concepts)
- tablespaces (Concepts)
- surviving disasters and data corruptions (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- suspending (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- suspending activity (SQL Language Reference)
- system user passwords (SQL Language Reference)
- tablespaces (Installation Guide for Linux)
- tempfiles
-
- modifying (SQL Language Reference)
- test (Concepts)
- time zone
-
- determining (SQL Language Reference)
- setting, valid values for (SQL Language Reference)
- setting, valid values for (SQL Language Reference)
- time-based recovery (SQL Language Reference)
- troubleshooting creation problems (Administrator's Guide)
- tuning (2 Day DBA)
- undo management (Administrator's Guide)
- unregistering from recovery catalog (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- upgrading (2 Day DBA)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #4] (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #5] (Upgrade Guide)
- upgrading software versions (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- upgrading the client software (Upgrade Guide)
- user name, Session_User default factor (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- users (2 Day DBA)
- using DBCA templates (2 Day DBA)
- with locally managed tablespaces (Administrator's Guide)
- databases sessions
-
- pre-created (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- databases, creating additional (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- databases, passing commands (Gateway for Adabas User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for IMS User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for VSAM User's Guide)
- database-resident program code (2 Day DBA)
- datafile
-
- location (2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- parallelized backup (2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- DATAFILE clause
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
- of CREATE DATABASE (SQL Language Reference)
- DATAFILE clauses
-
- of ALTER DATABASE (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- datafile headers
-
- when renaming tablespaces (Administrator's Guide)
- DATAFILE OFFLINE clause
-
- of ALTER DATABASE (SQL Language Reference)
- DATAFILE ONLINE clause
-
- of ALTER DATABASE (SQL Language Reference)
- DATAFILE RESIZE clause
-
- of ALTER DATABASE (SQL Language Reference)
- datafile_tempfile_clauses (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- datafile_tempfile_spec (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- datafiles
- [entry #2] (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
-
- adding to a tablespace (Administrator's Guide)
- adding to primary database (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- and DBCA (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- backing up (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #5] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #6] (Concepts)
-
- unused block compression (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- bringing online (SQL Language Reference)
- bringing online and offline (Administrator's Guide)
- changing size of (SQL Language Reference)
- checking associated tablespaces (Administrator's Guide)
- contents of (Concepts)
- copying using database (Administrator's Guide)
- creating (Administrator's Guide)
- creating new (SQL Language Reference)
- creating Oracle-managed files (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- data dictionary (Concepts)
- data dictionary views reference (Administrator's Guide)
- database administrators access (Administrator's Guide)
- datafile 1 (Concepts)
-
- SYSTEM tablespace (Concepts)
- default directory (Administrator's Guide)
- defining for a tablespace (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- defining for the database (SQL Language Reference)
- definition (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- deleting (Administrator's Guide)
- described (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- description (2 Day DBA)
- designing media recovery (SQL Language Reference)
- determining status (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- dropping (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #4] (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #5] (SQL Language Reference)
- dropping Oracle-managed files (Administrator's Guide)
- duplicate database (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- enabling autoextend (SQL Language Reference)
- end online backup of (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- extending automatically (SQL Language Reference)
- file numbers (Administrator's Guide)
- fully specifying filenames (Administrator's Guide)
- guidelines for managing (Administrator's Guide)
- headers when renaming tablespaces (Administrator's Guide)
- identifying OS filenames (Administrator's Guide)
- in online or offline tablespaces (Concepts)
- listing (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- location (Administrator's Guide)
- losing (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- mapping blocks to PCM locks (Reference)
- mapping files to physical devices (Administrator's Guide)
- maximum number (Reference)
- minimum number of (Administrator's Guide)
- MISSING (Administrator's Guide)
- monitoring (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- named in control files (Concepts)
- online (Administrator's Guide)
- online backup of (SQL Language Reference)
- online backups (Concepts)
- online, updating information on (SQL Language Reference)
- Oracle-managed (Administrator's Guide)
- overview of (Concepts)
- parameter (Reference)
- preventing overwrite during import (Utilities)
- putting online (SQL Language Reference)
- read-only (Concepts)
- recover damaged (SQL Language Reference)
- recovering (SQL Language Reference)
- recovery
-
- without backup (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- relationship to tablespaces (Concepts)
- relocating (Administrator's Guide)
- renaming (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
-
- after recovery (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- renaming on the primary database (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- resizing (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- restoring (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- reusing (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- reusing during import (Utilities)
- re-creating (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- re-creating lost or damaged (SQL Language Reference)
- shown in rowids (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- size of (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- specifying (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Utilities)
-
- for a tablespace (SQL Language Reference)
- specifying buffering for SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- specifying for database (SQL Language Reference)
- specifying for SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- specifying format for SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- statements to create (Administrator's Guide)
- storing separately from redo log files (Administrator's Guide)
- system generated (SQL Language Reference)
- SYSTEM tablespace (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- taking offline (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- temporary (Concepts)
-
- shrinking (SQL Language Reference)
- unavailable when database is opened (Administrator's Guide)
- unspecified for PCM locks (Reference)
- verifying data blocks (Administrator's Guide)
- DATAFILES parameter
-
- Import utility (Utilities)
- Datagram Protocol (UDP) (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- [entry #2] (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- datagram, definition, Glossary (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- DataHandler.java (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- DATAOBJ_TO_PARTITION function (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- DataProvider objects
-
- creating (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- needed to create MdmMetadataProvider (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- DataSet (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
-
- populating (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- populating from a REF CURSOR (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- updating (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- updating to database (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- DataSource object (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
-
- databaseName (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- dataSourceName (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- description (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- driverType (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- networkProtocol (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- password (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- portNumber (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- properties (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- serverName (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- url (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- user (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- Datasource object
-
- properties (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- url property (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- datasources (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
-
- and JNDI (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- datastore
-
- about (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- datastore types (Text Reference)
- datastores
-
- gateway access to (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- DataTable (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- Datatable properties (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- datatype
-
- character string (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- column (ALL_TAB_COLUMNS) (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- column (USER_TAB_COLUMNS) (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- conversion
-
- DRDA to Oracle datatypes (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- no control over (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- converting character string (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- data and time (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- differences between Oracle database and DRDA databases (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- DRDA server datatypes list (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- internal versus external (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- mapping (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- numeric (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- operations, numeric (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- Oracle datatypes RAW and LONG RAW (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- RAW (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- restrictions (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- size and value limitations (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- datatype codes (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
-
- defined (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- list of (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- datatype conversion (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
-
- ANSI datatypes (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- ANSI/ISO datatypes (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- between internal and external types (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- COBOL editing symbols (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- convert length (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- data loss and exceptions (Globalization Support Guide)
- date and time datatypes (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- DB2 datatypes (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- duplicate names (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- during assignments (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- during expression evaluation (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- expected length (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- format conversion (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- implicit (Globalization Support Guide)
- LONG RAW datatype (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- native floating-point datatypes (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- parameters over 32K in length (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- PL/SQL (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
-
- naming algorithms (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- RAW datatype (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- receive length (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- removing support for parameters over 32K in length (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- See USAGE (PASS), USAGE (ASIS). USAGE (SKIP), and PL/SQL Naming Algorithms
- send length (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- SQL functions (Globalization Support Guide)
- SQL/DS datatypes (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- truncated and non-unique names (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- datatype conversions
- [entry #2] (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
-
- COBOL symbols interpreted by PGAU (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- datatype equivalencing (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
-
- advantages (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- example (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- example of (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- guidelines (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- datatype_ARG procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- datatypes
- [entry #2] (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Concepts)
- [entry #4] (Concepts)
- [entry #5] (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #6] (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- [entry #7] (SQL Language Reference)
-
- "Any" types (SQL Language Reference)
- abstract (Globalization Support Guide)
- ANSI (Concepts)
- ANSI DATE (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- ANSI/ISO (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- ANSI-supported (SQL Language Reference)
- AnyData (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- associating statistics with (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- BFILE (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
-
- Export (Utilities)
- Import (Utilities)
- binding and defining (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- BLOB (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- BLOBs (binary large objects) (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- BOOLEAN (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- BYTEINT (Utilities)
- CHAR (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #4] (Utilities)
- character (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- [subentry #3] (Concepts)
- [subentry #4] (SQL Language Reference)
- classes of (Concepts)
- CLOB (2 Day DBA)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #4] (SQL Language Reference)
- codes used in descriptors (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- coercing (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- coercing NUMBER to VARCHAR2 (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- collection (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- comparison rules (SQL Language Reference)
- conversion (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- conversion of
-
- see datatype conversion (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- conversions (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- conversions of
-
- by program interface (Concepts)
- non-Oracle types (Concepts)
- Oracle to another Oracle type (Concepts)
- converting
-
- see datatype conversion (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- converting SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- converting to collection-typed values (SQL Language Reference)
- converting to other datatypes (SQL Language Reference)
- DATE (2 Day DBA)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Globalization Support Guide)
- [subentry #5] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #6] (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #7] (Utilities)
- date and time (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- datetime (Globalization Support Guide)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Utilities)
- DB2 (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- DBMS_DESCRIBE (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- dealing with ORACLE internal (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- dealing with Oracle internal (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- DECIMAL (Utilities)
- default in SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- describing for external table fields (Utilities)
- description (2 Day DBA)
- descriptor codes (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- determining character field lengths for SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- determining DATE length (Utilities)
- direct path loading (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- DOUBLE (Utilities)
- equivalencing (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
-
- description (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- example (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- equivalencing, purpose of (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- explicit conversion (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- extensibility (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- external (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- families of (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- FILE (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- FLOAT (Utilities)
- floating-point (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- for piecewise operations (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- GRAPHIC (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Utilities)
- GRAPHIC EXTERNAL (Utilities)
- how they relate to tables (Concepts)
- identifying for external tables (Utilities)
- implicit conversion (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- in PL/SQL (Concepts)
- inserting values into datetime datatypes (Globalization Support Guide)
- inserting values into interval datatypes (Globalization Support Guide)
- INTEGER (n) (Utilities)
- internal (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- internal codes (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- internal versus external (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- interval (Globalization Support Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Globalization Support Guide)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #4] (Utilities)
- INTERVAL DAY TO SECOND (Globalization Support Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #4] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #5] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #6] (SQL Language Reference)
- INTERVAL YEAR TO MONTH (Globalization Support Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #4] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #5] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #6] (SQL Language Reference)
- length semantics (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- length-value (Utilities)
- [subentry #2] (Utilities)
- list of available (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- list of internal (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- LOB datatypes (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
-
- BFILE (Concepts)
- BLOB (Concepts)
- CLOB and NCLOB (Concepts)
- LONG (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #4] (SQL Language Reference)
-
- Export (Utilities)
- Import (Utilities)
- Import (Utilities)
- storage of (Concepts)
- LONG RAW (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- LONG VARRAW (Utilities)
- manipulating with OCI (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- mapping and manipulation functions (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- mapping from Oracle to C (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- mapping, Oracle methodology (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- mapping, OTT (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- mappings between Oracle datatypes and OLE DB types (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- mappings in rowsets and parameters (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- media types (SQL Language Reference)
- national character (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- native
-
- conflicting length specifications in SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- native floating point (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
-
- representing special values (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- rounding (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- rounding (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- NCHAR (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- NCHAR and NVARCHAR2 (Concepts)
- NCLOB (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- need to coerce (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- nested tables (Concepts)
- nonportable (Utilities)
- nonscalar (Utilities)
- NUMBER (2 Day DBA)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- [subentry #3] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #4] (SQL Language Reference)
-
- SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- numeric (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- numeric EXTERNAL (Utilities)
- NVARCHAR2 (SQL Language Reference)
- of formal subprogram parameters (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- OLE DB (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- Oracle (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- Oracle and IBM DATE (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- Oracle DATE (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- Oracle-supplied types (SQL Language Reference)
- OTT mappings (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- overview (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- overview of (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- PL/SQL
-
- numeric codes for (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- see PL/SQL datatypes (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- PL/SQL equivalents (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- portable (Utilities)
- RAW
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #4] (Utilities)
-
- character string operations (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- DRDA_DEFAULT_CCSID (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- DRDA_DEFAULT_CCSID (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- DRDA_DEFAULT_CCSID (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- RAW and LONG RAW (Concepts)
- RECORD (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- REF (relationship) (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- REF CURSOR (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- reference (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- restrictions on using (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- ROWID (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- [subentry #3] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #4] (SQL Language Reference)
- rowid (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- SDO_TOPO_GEOMETRY (SQL Language Reference)
- See PIC X and PIC G
- SMALLINT (Utilities)
- spatial types (SQL Language Reference)
- specifying the SQL*Loader datatype of a data field (Utilities)
- SQL (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- SQL/DS (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- supported (Globalization Support Guide)
- supported by the LogMiner utility (Utilities)
- TABLE (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- TIME (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- TIMESTAMP (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Globalization Support Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #5] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #6] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #7] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #8] (SQL Language Reference)
- TIMESTAMP WITH LOCAL TIME ZONE (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Globalization Support Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #5] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #6] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #7] (SQL Language Reference)
- TIMESTAMP WITH TIME ZONE (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Globalization Support Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #5] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #6] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #7] (SQL Language Reference)
- types
-
- external datatypes (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- external datatypes (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- internal datatypes (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- internal datatypes (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- unsupported by LogMiner utility (Utilities)
- URI (Concepts)
- UROWID (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- user-defined (2 Day DBA)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- user-defined type (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- user-defined type equivalencing (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- value (Utilities)
- [subentry #2] (Utilities)
- VARCHAR (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #4] (Utilities)
- VARCHAR2 (2 Day DBA)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
-
- SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- VARCHARC (Utilities)
- VARGRAPHIC (Utilities)
- VARRAW (Utilities)
- VARRAWC (Utilities)
- VARRAY (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- when to reset (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- XML (Concepts)
- XML types (SQL Language Reference)
- ZONED (Utilities)
- Datatypes, Specifying (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- data-centric use of XML data
-
- definition (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- data-sources.xml file (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- DATE
-
- column definition from DESCRIBE (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- external datatype (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
- data conversion (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- Oracle external datatype (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- date
-
- changing default format of (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- date columns, TO_DATE function (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- DELETE
-
- statement (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- format conversions for XML (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- HS_NLS_DATE_FORMAT parameter (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- INSERT
-
- statement (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- mapping to SQL (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- operations (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- SELECT statement (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- TO_DATE function (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- UPDATE
-
- statement (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- date and time
-
- displaying current (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- date and time datatypes (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
-
- arithmetic operations with (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- converting (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- date and time parameters (Globalization Support Guide)
- date arithmetic
-
- known restrictions (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- date cache (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- date cache feature
-
- DATE_CACHE parameter (Utilities)
- external tables (Utilities)
- SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- DATE class (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- Date class (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
- methods (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- usage examples (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- DATE clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- DATE column (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Text Reference)
- DATE columns
-
- changing format (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- converting to datetime columns (SQL Language Reference)
- default format (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- DATE data type (Gateway for SQL Server User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for Sybase User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for Teradata User's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- Date data type
-
- converting (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- default format (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- default value (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- external (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- internal (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- internal format (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- DATE data types
- [entry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
-
- in logical standby databases (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- date data types (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #3] (OLAP DML Reference)
- DATE datatype (2 Day DBA)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Concepts)
- [entry #4] (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Globalization Support Guide)
- [entry #6] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [entry #7] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #8] (SQL Language Reference)
-
- arithmetic with (Concepts)
- changing default format of (Concepts)
- converting (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- default format (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- delimited form and SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- determining length (Utilities)
- julian (SQL Language Reference)
- Julian dates (Concepts)
- mask
-
- SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- midnight (Concepts)
- SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- date expressions (Advanced Replication)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Replication)
- [entry #3] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- date folding
-
- with query rewrite (Data Warehousing Guide)
- date format models (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #4] (SQL Language Reference)
- [entry #5] (SQL Language Reference)
-
- datetime format elements (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- long (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- punctuation in (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- short (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- text in (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- date formats
- [entry #2] (Globalization Support Guide)
- [entry #3] (Globalization Support Guide)
- [entry #4] (Globalization Support Guide)
-
- and partition bound expressions (Globalization Support Guide)
- Heterogeneous Services (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- NLS_DATE_FORMAT (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- settings (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- date formats in Oracle (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- Date functions (Gateway for Informix User's Guide)
- date functions (SQL Language Reference)
- Date OLAP Java API data type (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- date picker (Application Express User's Guide)
-
- alternate format for an application (Application Express User's Guide)
- alternate format for an item (Application Express User's Guide)
- DATE String Format
-
- explicit control over (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- date() function (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- DATE, ANSI
-
- datatype (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- date, storing current in variable for titles (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- DATE_ARG procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- DATE_CACHE parameter
-
- SQL*Loader utility (Utilities)
- DATE_FORMAT (OLAP DML Reference)
- DATE_FORMAT precompiler option (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- DATE_OF_INSERT column
-
- TKPROF_TABLE table (Performance Tuning Guide)
- DATE_TABLE Table Type (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DATEFORMAT option (OLAP DML Reference)
- DATEORDER option (OLAP DML Reference)
- dates
- [entry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #3] (OLAP DML Reference)
-
- arithmetic (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- comparing (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- comparison rules (SQL Language Reference)
- current (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- in arithmetic expressions (OLAP DML Reference)
- in text expressions (OLAP DML Reference)
- ISO standard (Globalization Support Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Globalization Support Guide)
- language used for (Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Reference)
- NLS_DATE_LANGUAGE parameter (Globalization Support Guide)
- setting SYSDATE (Reference)
- specifying in RMAN commands (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- TO_CHAR function (Reference)
- TO_DATE function (Reference)
- datetime
-
- arithmetic (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- avoiding unexpected results (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- datatypes (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- literals (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- datetime and date
-
- migration rules (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- datetime arithmetic (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
-
- boundary cases (SQL Language Reference)
- calculating daylight saving time (SQL Language Reference)
- datetime columns
-
- creating from DATE columns (SQL Language Reference)
- datetime data
-
- format of (OLAP DML Reference)
- DATETIME data type (Gateway for Informix User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for SQL Server User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for Sybase User's Guide)
- [entry #4] (OLAP DML Reference)
- DATETIME data types (OLAP DML Reference)
- datetime data types (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- DATETIME datatypes (Concepts)
- datetime datatypes (Globalization Support Guide)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- [entry #3] (Utilities)
-
- daylight saving time (SQL Language Reference)
- inserting values (Globalization Support Guide)
- DATETIME expressions (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- datetime expressions (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- datetime field
-
- extracting from a datetime or interval value (SQL Language Reference)
- datetime format elements
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
-
- and Globalization Support (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- capitalization (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- ISO standard (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- RR (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- suffixes (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- datetime format parameters (Globalization Support Guide)
- datetime functions (SQL Language Reference)
- datetime literals (SQL Language Reference)
- datetime values
-
- truncating (OLAP DML Reference)
- datetime_datatypes (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- datum
-
- geodetic (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- MDSYS.SDO_DATUMS_OLD_FORMAT table (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- MDSYS.SDO_DATUMS_OLD_SNAPSHOT table (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- transformation (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- DAY
-
- datatype field (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- DAY datetime format element (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- DAYABBRLEN option (OLAP DML Reference)
- Daylight Saving Time
-
- Oracle support (Globalization Support Guide)
- daylight saving time (SQL Language Reference)
-
- boundary cases (SQL Language Reference)
- going into or coming out of effect (SQL Language Reference)
- daylight saving time session parameter (Globalization Support Guide)
- daylight savings support (Concepts)
- DAYNAMES option (OLAP DML Reference)
- DAYOF function (OLAP DML Reference)
- days
-
- format element (Globalization Support Guide)
- language of names (Globalization Support Guide)
- DB Access JavaBean (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- db block gets from cache statistic (Performance Tuning Guide)
- db configuration assistant (Extensions for .NET Developer's Guide)
- db file scattered read wait events (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [entry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [entry #3] (Performance Tuning Guide)
-
- actions (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- db file sequential read wait events (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [entry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [entry #3] (Performance Tuning Guide)
-
- actions (Performance Tuning Guide)
- DB Object Search pane (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- DB time
-
- about (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- and ADDM (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- and ADDM finding (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- metric (Performance Tuning Guide)
- statistic (Performance Tuning Guide)
- DB_BLOCK_BUFFERS initialization parameter (Reference)
- DB_BLOCK_CHECKING initialization parameter (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (High Availability Overview)
- [entry #4] (Reference)
- DB_BLOCK_CHECKSUM initialization parameter (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (High Availability Overview)
- [entry #4] (Reference)
-
- enabling redo block checking with (Administrator's Guide)
- DB_BLOCK_SIZE
-
- new default value (Upgrade Guide)
- DB_BLOCK_SIZE initialization parameter (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- [entry #3] (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- [entry #4] (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- [entry #5] (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- [entry #6] (Concepts)
- [entry #7] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #8] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [entry #9] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [entry #10] (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- [entry #11] (Reference)
-
- and nonstandard block sizes (Administrator's Guide)
- and parallel query (Data Warehousing Guide)
- compatibility (Upgrade Guide)
- setting (Administrator's Guide)
- DB_CACHE_ADVICE initialization parameter (Reference)
- DB_CACHE_ADVICE parameter (Performance Tuning Guide)
- DB_CACHE_SIZE initialization parameter (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- [entry #3] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [entry #4] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [entry #5] (Reference)
-
- specifying multiple block sizes (Administrator's Guide)
- DB_CACHE_SIZE parameter (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- DB_CONNECT_INFO Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DB_CREATE_FILE_DEST initialization parameter (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Reference)
-
- setting (Administrator's Guide)
- DB_CREATE_ONLINE_LOG_DEST_n initialization parameter (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
- setting (Administrator's Guide)
- db_do_query() function (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- [entry #5] (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- [entry #6] (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- [entry #7] (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- [entry #8] (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- [entry #9] (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- DB_DOMAIN initialization parameter
- [entry #2] (Installation Guide for Linux)
- [entry #3] (Net Services Reference)
- [entry #4] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [entry #5] (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- [entry #6] (Reference)
-
- setting for database creation (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- DB_DOMAIN parameter (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
-
- known restrictions (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- db_error () function (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- db_error() function (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- db_execute_statement() function (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- DB_FILE_MULTIBLOCK_READ_COUNT initialization parameter (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [entry #3] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [entry #4] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [entry #5] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [entry #6] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [entry #7] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [entry #8] (Reference)
-
- cost-based optimization (Performance Tuning Guide)
- DB_FILE_MULTIBLOCK_READ_COUNT parameter (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- DB_FILE_NAME_CONVERT initialization parameter (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
- initialization parameters
-
- setting DB_FILE_NAME_CONVERT in a broker configuration (Data Guard Broker)
- location for transportable tablespaces (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- using with RMAN DUPLICATE command (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- DB_FILES initialization parameter
- [entry #2] (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- [entry #3] (Reference)
-
- determining value for (Administrator's Guide)
- DB_FLASHBACK_RETENTION_TARGET initialization parameter (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Reference)
- db_get_employees_rc() function (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- db_get_page_data() function (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- [entry #5] (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- db_insert_thumbnail() function (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- DB_KEEP_CACHE_SIZE
-
- initialization parameter (Performance Tuning Guide)
- DB_KEEP_CACHE_SIZE initialization parameter (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
- DB_LOST_WRITE_PROTECT initialization parameter (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (High Availability Overview)
- [entry #3] (Reference)
- DB_NAME (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- DB_NAME initialization parameter
- [entry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #4] (Installation Guide for Linux)
- [entry #5] (Installation Guide for Linux)
- [entry #6] (Net Services Reference)
- [entry #7] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [entry #8] (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- [entry #9] (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- [entry #10] (Reference)
-
- setting before database creation (Administrator's Guide)
- DB_NAME parameter (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- DB_nK_CACHE_SIZE initialization parameter (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [entry #3] (Reference)
-
- specifying multiple block sizes (Administrator's Guide)
- using with transportable tablespaces (Administrator's Guide)
- DB_RECOVERY_FILE_DEST initialization parameter (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- [entry #6] (Reference)
-
- setting (Administrator's Guide)
- DB_RECOVERY_FILE_DEST_SIZE initialization parameter (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- [entry #4] (Reference)
- DB_RECYCLE_CACHE_SIZE
-
- initialization parameter (Performance Tuning Guide)
- DB_RECYCLE_CACHE_SIZE initialization parameter (Reference)
- DB_RECYCLY_CACHE_SIZE initialization parameter (Administrator's Guide)
- DB_ROLE_CHANGE system event (Data Guard Broker)
- DB_ROLE_CHANGE system manager event (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- db_securefile init.ora parameter (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- DB_SECUREFILE initialization parameter (Reference)
- DB_TZ database time zone (Globalization Support Guide)
- DB_ULTRA_SAFE initialization parameter (High Availability Overview)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
- DB_UNIQUE_NAME
-
- initialization parameters
-
- DB_UNIQUE_NAME (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- DB_UNIQUE_NAME attribute (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- DB_UNIQUE_NAME initialization parameter (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #6] (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- [entry #7] (Reference)
-
- required with LOG_ARCHIVE_CONFIG parameter (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- setting database initialization parameters (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- db_unique_name_DGMGRL static service name
-
- registering (Data Guard Broker)
- db_user_proxy (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- DB_VERSION procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DB_WRITER_PROCESSES initialization parameter (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
- DB2
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
- alias objects
-
- known restrictions (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- aliases (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- CICS (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- data access (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- Distributed Data Facility (DDF) (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- DRDA_DESCRIBE_TABLE compatibility (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- IBM DB2 Version 5.1 ASCII Tables (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- IMS (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- native SQL (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- native stored procedures (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- procedural feature considerations (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- SPUFI utility (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- SQL statements (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- statements
-
- CREATE TABLE (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- stored procedures (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- DB2 database (Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- [entry #2] (Installation Guide for Linux)
- DB2 datatypes
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
-
- restrictions on (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- DB2 z/OS database (Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- [entry #2] (Installation Guide for Linux)
- DB2_ARRAY precompiler option (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- DB2/400
-
- catalog view (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- configuring (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- configuring the DRDA server (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- data dictionary views supported by gateway (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- defining user ID (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- DRDA_DEFAULT_CCSID (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- DRDA_ISOLATION_LEVEL (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- DRDA_OPTIMIZE_QUERY (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- DRDA_PACKAGE_COLLID (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- user ID mapping (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- DB2/400 database (Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- [entry #2] (Installation Guide for Linux)
- DB2/OS390
-
- catalog view (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- configuring (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- data dictionary views supported by gateway (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- DRDA_ISOLATION_LEVEL (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- DRDA_OPTIMIZE_QUERY (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- user ID mapping (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- V6, V7 and V8 stored procedures supported (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- with SPUFI (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- DB2/UDB
-
- catalog view (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- configuring (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- configuring the DRDA server (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- data dictionary views not supported (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- DRDA_ISOLATION_LEVEL (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- DRDA_OPTIMIZE_QUERY (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- known restrictions (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- supported (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- user ID mapping (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- DBA (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
- mode (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- privilege (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- dba group
-
- and SYSDBA privilege (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #3] (Installation Guide for Linux)
- creating (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #3] (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #4] (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #5] (Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #6] (Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #7] (Installation Guide for Linux)
- creating on other nodes (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #3] (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- description (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #3] (Installation Guide for Linux)
- DBA privileges
-
- for DBMS_LOGSTDBY packages (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBA privileges for the DBMS_LOGSTDBY package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBA role (2 Day DBA)
- [entry #2] (2 Day DBA)
- [entry #3] (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #5] (SQL Language Reference)
-
- about (Security Guide)
- user-defined types (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- DBA scripts download (OLAP User's Guide)
- DBA tuning tips (Multimedia User's Guide)
- DBA_ views (Concepts)
- DBA_2PC_NEIGHBORS view (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
- using to trace session tree (Administrator's Guide)
- DBA_2PC_PENDING data dictionary view (SQL Language Reference)
- DBA_2PC_PENDING view (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Reference)
-
- using to list in-doubt transactions (Administrator's Guide)
- DBA_ADDM_FDG_BREAKDOWN view (Reference)
- DBA_ADDM_FINDINGS view (Reference)
- DBA_ADDM_INSTANCES view (Reference)
- DBA_ADDM_TASKS view (Reference)
- DBA_ADVISOR_ACTIONS view (Reference)
- DBA_ADVISOR_COMMANDS view (Reference)
- DBA_ADVISOR_DEF_PARAMETERS view (Reference)
- DBA_ADVISOR_DEFINITIONS view (Reference)
- DBA_ADVISOR_DIR_DEFINITIONS view (Reference)
- DBA_ADVISOR_DIR_INSTANCES view (Reference)
- DBA_ADVISOR_DIR_TASK_INST view (Reference)
- DBA_ADVISOR_EXEC_PARAMETERS view (Reference)
- DBA_ADVISOR_EXECUTION_TYPES view (Reference)
- DBA_ADVISOR_EXECUTIONS view (Reference)
- DBA_ADVISOR_FDG_BREAKDOWN view (Reference)
- DBA_ADVISOR_FINDING_NAMES view (Reference)
- DBA_ADVISOR_FINDINGS view (Reference)
- DBA_ADVISOR_JOURNAL view (Reference)
- DBA_ADVISOR_LOG view (Reference)
- DBA_ADVISOR_OBJECT_TYPES view (Reference)
- DBA_ADVISOR_OBJECTS view (Reference)
- DBA_ADVISOR_PARAMETERS view (Reference)
- DBA_ADVISOR_PARAMETERS_PROJ view (Reference)
- DBA_ADVISOR_RATIONALE view (Reference)
- DBA_ADVISOR_RECOMMENDATIONS view (Reference)
- DBA_ADVISOR_SQLA_REC_SUM view (Reference)
- DBA_ADVISOR_SQLA_TABLES view (Reference)
- DBA_ADVISOR_SQLA_WK_MAP view (Reference)
- DBA_ADVISOR_SQLA_WK_STMTS view (Reference)
- DBA_ADVISOR_SQLPLANS view (Reference)
- DBA_ADVISOR_SQLSTATS view (Reference)
- DBA_ADVISOR_SQLW_JOURNAL view (Reference)
- DBA_ADVISOR_SQLW_PARAMETERS view (Reference)
- DBA_ADVISOR_SQLW_STMTS view (Reference)
- DBA_ADVISOR_SQLW_SUM view (Reference)
- DBA_ADVISOR_SQLW_TABLES view (Reference)
- DBA_ADVISOR_SQLW_TEMPLATES view (Reference)
- DBA_ADVISOR_TASKS view (Reference)
- DBA_ADVISOR_TEMPLATES view (Reference)
- DBA_ADVISOR_USAGE view (Reference)
- DBA_ALERT_HISTORY view (Reference)
- DBA_ALL_TABLES view (Reference)
- DBA_APPLICATION_ROLES view (Reference)
- DBA_APPLY view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #3] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #4] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #5] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #6] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #7] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #8] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #9] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #10] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #11] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- DBA_APPLY_CONFLICT_COLUMNS view (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
- [entry #3] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- DBA_APPLY_DML_HANDLERS view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #3] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- DBA_APPLY_ENQUEUE view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- DBA_APPLY_ERROR view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #3] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #4] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #5] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- DBA_APPLY_EXECUTE view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- DBA_APPLY_INSTANTIATED_GLOBAL view (Reference)
- DBA_APPLY_INSTANTIATED_OBJECTS view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- DBA_APPLY_INSTANTIATED_SCHEMAS view (Reference)
- DBA_APPLY_KEY_COLUMNS view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- DBA_APPLY_OBJECT_DEPENDENCIES view (Reference)
- DBA_APPLY_PARAMETERS view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- DBA_APPLY_PROGRESS view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- DBA_APPLY_SPILL_TXN view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- DBA_APPLY_TABLE_COLUMNS view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- DBA_APPLY_VALUE_DEPENDENCIES view (Reference)
- DBA_AQ_AGENT_PRIVS view (Reference)
- DBA_AQ_AGENTS view (Reference)
- DBA_ARGUMENTS view (Reference)
- DBA_ASSEMBLIES view (Reference)
- DBA_ASSOCIATIONS view (Reference)
- DBA_ATTRIBUTE_TRANSFORMATIONS (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- DBA_ATTRIBUTE_TRANSFORMATIONS view (Reference)
- DBA_AUDIT_EXISTS view (Reference)
- DBA_AUDIT_OBJECT (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- DBA_AUDIT_OBJECT view (Reference)
- DBA_AUDIT_POLICIES view (Reference)
- DBA_AUDIT_POLICY_COLUMNS view (Reference)
- DBA_AUDIT_SESSION view (Reference)
- DBA_AUDIT_STATEMENT view (Reference)
- DBA_AUDIT_TRAIL view (Reference)
- DBA_AUTO_SEGADV_CTL view (Reference)
- DBA_AUTO_SEGADV_SUMMARY view (Reference)
- DBA_AUTOTASK_CLIENT view (Reference)
- DBA_AUTOTASK_CLIENT_HISTORY view (Reference)
- DBA_AUTOTASK_CLIENT_JOB view (Reference)
- DBA_AUTOTASK_JOB_HISTORY view (Reference)
- DBA_AUTOTASK_OPERATION view (Reference)
- DBA_AUTOTASK_SCHEDULE view (Reference)
- DBA_AUTOTASK_TASK view (Reference)
- DBA_AUTOTASK_WINDOW_CLIENTS view (Reference)
- DBA_AUTOTASK_WINDOW_HISTORY view (Reference)
- DBA_AW_OBJ view (OLAP User's Guide)
- DBA_AW_PROP view (OLAP User's Guide)
- DBA_AW_PS view (OLAP User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
- DBA_AWS view (OLAP User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (OLAP User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Reference)
- DBA_BASE_TABLE_MVIEWS view (Reference)
- DBA_BLOCKERS view (Reference)
- DBA_CAPTURE view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #3] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #4] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #5] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #6] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #7] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #8] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- DBA_CAPTURE_EXTRA_ATTRIBUTES view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- DBA_CAPTURE_PARAMETERS view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- DBA_CAPTURE_PREPARED_DATABASE view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- DBA_CAPTURE_PREPARED_SCHEMAS view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- DBA_CAPTURE_PREPARED_TABLES view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- DBA_CATALOG view (Reference)
- DBA_CHANGE_NOTIFICATION_REGS view (Reference)
- DBA_CLU_COLUMNS view (Reference)
- DBA_CLUSTER_HASH_EXPRESSIONS view (Reference)
- DBA_CLUSTERS view (Reference)
- DBA_COL_COMMENTS data dictionary view (SQL Language Reference)
- DBA_COL_COMMENTS view (Reference)
- DBA_COL_PENDING_STATS view (Reference)
- DBA_COL_PRIVS view (Reference)
- DBA_COLL_TYPES view (Reference)
- DBA_COMMON_AUDIT_TRAIL view (Reference)
- DBA_COMPARISON view (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
- [entry #3] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- DBA_COMPARISON_COLUMNS view (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
- [entry #3] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- DBA_COMPARISON_ROW_DIF view (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
- DBA_COMPARISON_SCAN view (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [entry #2] (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [entry #3] (Reference)
- [entry #4] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- DBA_COMPARISON_SCAN_SUMMARY view (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- DBA_COMPARISON_SCAN_VALUES view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- DBA_CONNECT_ROLE_GRANTEES view (Reference)
- DBA_CONS_OBJ_COLUMNS view (Reference)
- DBA_CONSTRAINTS view (Reference)
- DBA_CONTEXT view (Reference)
- DBA_CPOOL_INFO view (Reference)
- DBA_CPU_USAGE_STATISTICS view (Reference)
- DBA_CQ_NOTIFICATION_QUERIES view (Reference)
- DBA_CUBE_ATTR_VISIBILITY view (Reference)
- DBA_CUBE_ATTRIBUTES view (Reference)
- DBA_CUBE_BUILD_PROCESSES view (Reference)
- DBA_CUBE_CALCULATED_MEMBERS view (Reference)
- DBA_CUBE_DIM_LEVELS view (Reference)
- DBA_CUBE_DIM_MODELS view (Reference)
- DBA_CUBE_DIM_VIEW_COLUMNS view (Reference)
- DBA_CUBE_DIM_VIEWS view (Reference)
- DBA_CUBE_DIMENSIONALITY view (Reference)
- DBA_CUBE_DIMENSIONS view (Reference)
- DBA_CUBE_HIER_LEVELS view (Reference)
- DBA_CUBE_HIER_VIEW_COLUMNS view (Reference)
- DBA_CUBE_HIER_VIEWS view (Reference)
- DBA_CUBE_HIERARCHIES view (Reference)
- DBA_CUBE_MEASURES view (Reference)
- DBA_CUBE_VIEW_COLUMNS view (Reference)
- DBA_CUBE_VIEWS view (Reference)
- DBA_CUBES view (Reference)
- DBA_DATA_FILES view (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #5] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #6] (Reference)
- DBA_DATAPUMP_JOBS view (Reference)
- DBA_DATAPUMP_SESSIONS view (Reference)
- DBA_DB_LINKS view (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Reference)
- DBA_DDL_LOCKS view (Reference)
- DBA_DEPENDENCIES view (Reference)
- DBA_DIM_ATTRIBUTES view (Reference)
- DBA_DIM_CHILD_OF view (Reference)
- DBA_DIM_HIERARCHIES view (Reference)
- DBA_DIM_JOIN_KEY view (Reference)
- DBA_DIM_LEVEL_KEY view (Reference)
- DBA_DIM_LEVELS view (Reference)
- DBA_DIMENSIONS view (Reference)
- DBA_DIRECTORIES view (Reference)
- DBA_DML_LOCKS view (Reference)
- DBA_DMT_FREE_SPACE view (Reference)
- DBA_DMT_USED_EXTENTS view (Reference)
- DBA_DV_CODE view (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DBA_DV_COMMAND_RULE view (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DBA_DV_FACTOR view (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DBA_DV_FACTOR_LINK view (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DBA_DV_FACTOR_TYPE view (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DBA_DV_IDENTITY view (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DBA_DV_IDENTITY_MAP view (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DBA_DV_MAC_POLICY view (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DBA_DV_MAC_POLICY_FACTOR view (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DBA_DV_POLICY_LABEL view (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DBA_DV_PUB_PRIVS view (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DBA_DV_REALM view (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DBA_DV_REALM_AUTH view (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DBA_DV_REALM_OBJECT view (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DBA_DV_ROLE view (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DBA_DV_RULE view (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DBA_DV_RULE_SET view (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DBA_DV_RULE_SET_RULE view (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DBA_DV_USER_PRIVS view (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DBA_DV_USER_PRIVS_ALL view (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DBA_ENABLED_AGGREGATIONS view (Reference)
- DBA_ENABLED_TRACES view (Reference)
- DBA_ENCRYPTED_COLUMNS view (Reference)
- DBA_EPG_DAD_AUTHORIZATION view (Reference)
- DBA_ERRORS view (Reference)
- DBA_EVALUATION_CONTEXT_TABLES view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- DBA_EVALUATION_CONTEXT_VARS view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- DBA_EVALUATION_CONTEXTS view (Reference)
- DBA_EXP_FILES view (Reference)
- DBA_EXP_OBJECTS view (Reference)
- DBA_EXP_VERSION view (Reference)
- DBA_EXTENTS view (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
- DBA_EXTERNAL_LOCATIONS view (Reference)
- DBA_EXTERNAL_TABLES view (Reference)
- DBA_FEATURE_USAGE_STATISTICS view (Reference)
- DBA_FGA_AUDIT_TRAIL view (Reference)
- DBA_FILE_GROUP_EXPORT_INFO view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- DBA_FILE_GROUP_FILES view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- DBA_FILE_GROUP_TABLES view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- DBA_FILE_GROUP_TABLESPACES view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- DBA_FILE_GROUP_VERSIONS view (Reference)
- DBA_FILE_GROUP_VERSOINS view (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- DBA_FILE_GROUPS view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- DBA_FLASHBACK_ARCHIVE view (Reference)
- DBA_FLASHBACK_ARCHIVE_TABLES view (Reference)
- DBA_FLASHBACK_ARCHIVE_TS view (Reference)
- DBA_FLASHBACK_TRANSACTION_STATE view (Concepts)
- [entry #2] (High Availability Overview)
- DBA_FLASHBACK_TXN_REPORT view (Reference)
- DBA_FLASHBACK_TXN_STATE view (Reference)
- DBA_FREE_SPACE view (Reference)
- DBA_FREE_SPACE_COALESCED view (Reference)
- DBA_HIGH_WATER_MARK_STATISTICS view (Reference)
- DBA_HIST views (Performance Tuning Guide)
- DBA_HIST_ACTIVE_SESS_HISTORY view (Reference)
- DBA_HIST_BASELINE view (Reference)
- DBA_HIST_BASELINE_DETAILS view (Reference)
- DBA_HIST_BASELINE_METADATA view (Reference)
- DBA_HIST_BASELINE_TEMPLATE view (Reference)
- DBA_HIST_BG_EVENT_SUMMARY view (Reference)
- DBA_HIST_BUFFER_POOL_STAT view (Reference)
- DBA_HIST_BUFFERED_QUEUES view (Reference)
- DBA_HIST_BUFFERED_SUBSCRIBERS view (Reference)
- DBA_HIST_CLUSTER_INTERCON view (Reference)
- DBA_HIST_COLORED_SQL view (Reference)
- DBA_HIST_COMP_IOSTAT view (Reference)
- DBA_HIST_CR_BLOCK_SERVER view (Reference)
- DBA_HIST_CURRENT_BLOCK_SERVER view (Reference)
- DBA_HIST_DATABASE_INSTANCE view (Reference)
- DBA_HIST_DATAFILE view (Reference)
- DBA_HIST_DB_CACHE_ADVICE view (Reference)
- DBA_HIST_DLM_MISC view (Reference)
- DBA_HIST_ENQUEUE_STAT view (Reference)
- DBA_HIST_EVENT_HISTOGRAM view (Reference)
- DBA_HIST_EVENT_NAME view (Reference)
- DBA_HIST_FILEMETRIC_HISTORY view (Reference)
- DBA_HIST_FILESTATXS view (Reference)
- DBA_HIST_IC_CLIENT_STATS view (Reference)
- DBA_HIST_IC_DEVICE_STATS view (Reference)
- DBA_HIST_INST_CACHE_TRANSFER view (Reference)
- DBA_HIST_INSTANCE_RECOVERY view (Reference)
- DBA_HIST_INTERCONNECT_PINGS view (Reference)
- DBA_HIST_IOSTAT_FILETYPE view (Reference)
- DBA_HIST_IOSTAT_FILETYPE_NAME view (Reference)
- DBA_HIST_IOSTAT_FUNCTION view (Reference)
- DBA_HIST_IOSTAT_FUNCTION_NAME view (Reference)
- DBA_HIST_JAVA_POOL_ADVICE view (Reference)
- DBA_HIST_LATCH view (Reference)
- DBA_HIST_LATCH_CHILDREN view (Reference)
- DBA_HIST_LATCH_MISSES_SUMMARY view (Reference)
- DBA_HIST_LATCH_NAME view (Reference)
- DBA_HIST_LATCH_PARENT view (Reference)
- DBA_HIST_LIBRARYCACHE view (Reference)
- DBA_HIST_LOG view (Reference)
- DBA_HIST_MEM_DYNAMIC_COMP view (Reference)
- DBA_HIST_MEMORY_RESIZE_OPS view (Reference)
- DBA_HIST_MEMORY_TARGET_ADVICE view (Reference)
- DBA_HIST_METRIC_NAME view (Reference)
- DBA_HIST_MTTR_TARGET_ADVICE view (Reference)
- DBA_HIST_MUTEX_SLEEP view (Reference)
- DBA_HIST_OPTIMIZER_ENV view (Reference)
- DBA_HIST_OSSTAT view (Reference)
- DBA_HIST_OSSTAT_NAME view (Reference)
- DBA_HIST_PARAMETER view (Reference)
- DBA_HIST_PARAMETER_NAME view (Reference)
- DBA_HIST_PERSISTENT_QUEUES view (Reference)
- DBA_HIST_PERSISTENT_SUBS view (Reference)
- DBA_HIST_PGA_TARGET_ADVICE view (Reference)
- DBA_HIST_PGASTAT view (Reference)
- DBA_HIST_PROCESS_MEM_SUMMARY view (Reference)
- DBA_HIST_QUEUEMETRIC
-
- Queue Metric History (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- DBA_HIST_RESOURCE_LIMIT view (Reference)
- DBA_HIST_ROWCACHE_SUMMARY view (Reference)
- DBA_HIST_RSRC_CONSUMER_GROUP view (Reference)
- DBA_HIST_RSRC_PLAN view (Reference)
- DBA_HIST_RULE_SET view (Reference)
- DBA_HIST_SEG_STAT view (Reference)
- DBA_HIST_SEG_STAT_OBJ view (Reference)
- DBA_HIST_SERVICE_NAME view (Reference)
- DBA_HIST_SERVICE_STAT view (Reference)
- DBA_HIST_SERVICE_WAIT_CLASS view (Reference)
- DBA_HIST_SESS_TIME_STATS view (Reference)
- DBA_HIST_SESSMETRIC_HISTORY view (Reference)
- DBA_HIST_SGA view (Reference)
- DBA_HIST_SGA_TARGET_ADVICE view (Reference)
- DBA_HIST_SGASTAT view (Reference)
- DBA_HIST_SHARED_POOL_ADVICE view (Reference)
- DBA_HIST_SNAP_ERROR view (Reference)
- DBA_HIST_SNAPSHOT view (Reference)
- DBA_HIST_SQL_BIND_METADATA view (Reference)
- DBA_HIST_SQL_PLAN view (Reference)
- DBA_HIST_SQL_SUMMARY view (Reference)
- DBA_HIST_SQL_WORKAREA_HSTGRM view (Reference)
- DBA_HIST_SQLBIND view (Reference)
- DBA_HIST_SQLSTAT view (Reference)
- DBA_HIST_SQLTEXT view (Reference)
- DBA_HIST_STAT_NAME view (Reference)
- DBA_HIST_STREAMS_APPLY_SUM view (Reference)
- DBA_HIST_STREAMS_CAPTURE view (Reference)
- DBA_HIST_STREAMS_POOL_ADVICE view (Reference)
- DBA_HIST_STREAMSMETRIC
-
- Streams Metric History (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- DBA_HIST_SYS_TIME_MODEL view (Reference)
- DBA_HIST_SYSMETRIC_HISTORY view (Reference)
- DBA_HIST_SYSMETRIC_SUMMARY view (Reference)
- DBA_HIST_SYSSTAT view (Reference)
- DBA_HIST_SYSTEM_EVENT view (Reference)
- DBA_HIST_TABLESPACE_STAT view (Reference)
- DBA_HIST_TBSPC_SPACE_USAGE view (Reference)
- DBA_HIST_TEMPFILE view (Reference)
- DBA_HIST_TEMPSTATXS view (Reference)
- DBA_HIST_THREAD view (Reference)
- DBA_HIST_UNDOSTAT view (Reference)
- DBA_HIST_WAITCLASSMET_HISTORY view (Reference)
- DBA_HIST_WAITSTAT view (Reference)
- DBA_HIST_WR_CONTROL view
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
- Automatic Workload Repository settings (Performance Tuning Guide)
- DBA_IDENTIFIERS view (Reference)
- DBA_IND_COLUMNS view (Reference)
- DBA_IND_EXPRESSIONS view (Reference)
- DBA_IND_PARTITIONS view (Reference)
- DBA_IND_PENDING_STATS view (Reference)
- DBA_IND_STATISTICS view (Reference)
- DBA_IND_SUBPARTITIONS view (Reference)
- DBA_INDEXES view (Reference)
-
- collecting statistics for (Reference)
- DBA_INDEXTYPE_ARRAYTYPES view (Reference)
- DBA_INDEXTYPE_COMMENTS data dictionary view (SQL Language Reference)
- DBA_INDEXTYPE_COMMENTS view (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
- DBA_INDEXTYPE_OPERATORS view (Reference)
- DBA_INDEXTYPES view (Reference)
- DBA_INTERNAL_TRIGGERS view (Reference)
- DBA_JAVA_ARGUMENTS view (Reference)
- DBA_JAVA_CLASSES view (Reference)
- DBA_JAVA_COMPILER_OPTIONS view (Reference)
- DBA_JAVA_DERIVATIONS view (Reference)
- DBA_JAVA_FIELDS view (Reference)
- DBA_JAVA_IMPLEMENTS view (Reference)
- DBA_JAVA_INNERS view (Reference)
- DBA_JAVA_LAYOUTS view (Reference)
- DBA_JAVA_METHODS view (Reference)
- DBA_JAVA_NCOMPS view (Reference)
- DBA_JAVA_POLICY view (Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Reference)
- DBA_JAVA_RESOLVERS view (Reference)
- DBA_JAVA_THROWS view (Reference)
- DBA_JOBS view (Reference)
- DBA_JOBS_RUNNING view (Reference)
- DBA_JOIN_IND_COLUMNS view (Reference)
- DBA_KGLLOCK view (Reference)
- DBA_LIBRARIES view (Reference)
- DBA_LMT_FREE_SPACE view (Reference)
- DBA_LMT_USED_EXTENTS view (Reference)
- DBA_LOB_PARTITIONS view (Reference)
- DBA_LOB_SUBPARTITIONS view (Reference)
- DBA_LOB_TEMPLATES view (Reference)
- DBA_LOBS view (Reference)
- DBA_LOCK view (Reference)
-
- DBA_LOCKS synonym (Reference)
- DBA_LOCK_INTERNAL view (Reference)
- DBA_LOCKS synonym for DBA_LOCK view (Reference)
- DBA_LOG_GROUP_COLUMNS view (Reference)
- DBA_LOG_GROUPS view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- DBA_LOGMNR_LOG view (Reference)
- DBA_LOGMNR_PURGED_LOG view
- [entry #2] (Reference)
- [entry #3] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #4] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
-
- list archived redo log files that can be deleted (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- DBA_LOGMNR_SESSION view (Reference)
- DBA_LOGSTDBY_EVENTS table
-
- managing (Data Guard Broker)
- DBA_LOGSTDBY_EVENTS view (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #3] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #4] (Reference)
-
- capturing logical standby (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- recording unsupported operations in (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- DBA_LOGSTDBY_HISTORY view (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
- DBA_LOGSTDBY_LOG view (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #3] (Reference)
- DBA_LOGSTDBY_NOT_UNIQUE view (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
- DBA_LOGSTDBY_PARAMETERS view (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
- DBA_LOGSTDBY_PROGRESS view (Reference)
- DBA_LOGSTDBY_SKIP view (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #3] (Reference)
- DBA_LOGSTDBY_SKIP_TRANSACTION view (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
- DBA_LOGSTDBY_UNSUPPORTED view (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
- DBA_LOGSTDBY_UNSUPPORTED_TABLE view (Reference)
-
- LOGSTDBY_UNSUPPORTED_TABLES synonym (Reference)
- DBA_MEASURE_FOLDER_CONTENTS view (Reference)
- DBA_MEASURE_FOLDERS view (Reference)
- DBA_METHOD_PARAMS view (Reference)
- DBA_METHOD_RESULTS view (Reference)
- DBA_MINING_MODEL_ATTRIBUTES (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- DBA_MINING_MODEL_ATTRIBUTES view (Reference)
- DBA_MINING_MODEL_SETTINGS (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- DBA_MINING_MODEL_SETTINGS view (Reference)
- DBA_MINING_MODELS (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- DBA_MINING_MODELS view (Reference)
- DBA_MVIEW_AGGREGATES view (Reference)
- DBA_MVIEW_ANALYSIS view (Reference)
- DBA_MVIEW_COMMENTS data dictionary view (SQL Language Reference)
- DBA_MVIEW_COMMENTS view (Reference)
- DBA_MVIEW_DETAIL_PARTITION view (Reference)
- DBA_MVIEW_DETAIL_RELATIONS view (Reference)
- DBA_MVIEW_DETAIL_SUBPARTITION view (Reference)
- DBA_MVIEW_JOINS view (Reference)
- DBA_MVIEW_KEYS view (Reference)
- DBA_MVIEW_LOG_FILTER_COLS view (Reference)
- DBA_MVIEW_LOGS view (Reference)
- DBA_MVIEW_REFRESH_TIMES view (Advanced Replication)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
- DBA_MVIEWS view (Reference)
- DBA_NESTED_TABLE_COLS view (Reference)
- DBA_NESTED_TABLES view (Reference)
- DBA_NETWORK_ACL_PRIVILEGES view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Security Guide)
- DBA_NETWORK_ACLS view (Reference)
- DBA_OBJ_AUDIT_OPTS (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- DBA_OBJ_AUDIT_OPTS view (Reference)
- DBA_OBJ_COLATTRS view (Reference)
- DBA_OBJECT_SIZE view (Reference)
- DBA_OBJECT_TABLES view (Reference)
- DBA_OBJECTS view (OLAP User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [entry #3] (Reference)
- DBA_OBJECTS, Preface (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- DBA_OPANCILLARY view (Reference)
- DBA_OPARGUMENTS view (Reference)
- DBA_OPBINDINGS view (Reference)
- DBA_OPERATOR_COMMENTS data dictionary view (SQL Language Reference)
- DBA_OPERATOR_COMMENTS view (Reference)
- DBA_OPERATORS view (Reference)
- DBA_OPTSTAT_OPERATIONS view (Reference)
- DBA_ORPHAN_KEY_TABLE view (Reference)
- DBA_OUTLINE_HINTS view
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
- stored outline hints (Performance Tuning Guide)
- DBA_OUTLINES view
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
- stored outlines (Performance Tuning Guide)
- DBA_OUTSTANDING_ALERTS view (Reference)
- DBA_PART_COL_STATISTICS view (Reference)
- DBA_PART_HISTOGRAMS view (Reference)
- DBA_PART_INDEXES view (Reference)
- DBA_PART_KEY_COLUMNS view (Reference)
- DBA_PART_LOBS view (Reference)
- DBA_PART_TABLES view (Reference)
- DBA_PARTIAL_DROP_TABS view (Reference)
- DBA_PENDING_CONV_TABLES view (Reference)
- DBA_PENDING_TRANSACTIONS view (Reference)
- DBA_PLSQL_OBJECT_SETTINGS view (Reference)
- DBA_POLICIES view (Reference)
- DBA_POLICY_CONTEXTS view (Reference)
- DBA_POLICY_GROUPS view (Reference)
- DBA_policyname_AUDIT_TRAIL view (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- DBA_PRIV_AUDIT_OPTS view (Reference)
- DBA_PROCEDURES view (Reference)
- DBA_PROFILES view (Reference)
- DBA_PROPAGATION view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #3] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #4] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #5] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #6] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #7] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #8] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #9] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #10] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #11] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #12] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- DBA_PROXIES view (Reference)
- DBA_PUBLISHED_COLUMNS view (Reference)
- DBA_QUEUE_SCHEDULES (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- DBA_QUEUE_SCHEDULES view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #3] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- DBA_QUEUE_SUBSCRIBERS (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- DBA_QUEUE_SUBSCRIBERS view (Reference)
- DBA_QUEUE_TABLES
-
- All Queue Tables in Database (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- DBA_QUEUE_TABLES view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- DBA_QUEUES (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- DBA_QUEUES view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- DBA_RCHILD view (Reference)
- DBA_RECOVERABLE_SCRIPT view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- DBA_RECOVERABLE_SCRIPT_BLOCKS view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- DBA_RECOVERABLE_SCRIPT_ERRORS view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- DBA_RECOVERABLE_SCRIPT_PARAMS view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- DBA_RECYCLEBIN view (Reference)
- DBA_REDEFINITION_ERRORS view (Reference)
- DBA_REDEFINITION_OBJECTS view (Reference)
- DBA_REFRESH view (Reference)
- DBA_REFRESH_CHILDREN view (Reference)
- DBA_REFS view (Reference)
- DBA_REGISTERED_ARCHIVED_LOG view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #3] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #4] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- DBA_REGISTERED_MVIEW_GROUPS view (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
- DBA_REGISTERED_MVIEWS view (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Replication)
- [entry #3] (Reference)
- DBA_REGISTRY view (OLAP User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
- DBA_REGISTRY_HIERARCHY view (Reference)
- DBA_REGISTRY_HISTORY view (Reference)
- DBA_REGISTRY_LOG view (Reference)
- DBA_REPAIR_TABLE view (Reference)
- DBA_REPCAT view (Reference)
- DBA_REPCAT_EXCEPTIONS view (Reference)
- DBA_REPCAT_REFRESH_TEMPLATES view (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
- DBA_REPCAT_TEMPLATE_OBJECTS view (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
- DBA_REPCAT_TEMPLATE_PARMS view (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
- DBA_REPCAT_TEMPLATE_SITES view (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
- DBA_REPCAT_USER_AUTHORIZATIONS view (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
- DBA_REPCAT_USER_PARM_VALUES view (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
- DBA_REPCATLOG view (Advanced Replication)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #3] (Reference)
-
- purging requests from (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- DBA_REPCOLUMN view (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
- DBA_REPCOLUMN_GROUP view (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
- updating (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- DBA_REPCONFLICT view (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
- DBA_REPDDL view (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
- DBA_REPEXTENSIONS view (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
- DBA_REPFLAVOR_COLUMNS view (Reference)
- DBA_REPFLAVOR_OBJECTS view (Reference)
- DBA_REPFLAVORS view (Reference)
- DBA_REPGENERATED view (Reference)
- DBA_REPGENOBJECTS view (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
- DBA_REPGROUP view (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
- updating (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- DBA_REPGROUP_PRIVILEGES view (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
- DBA_REPGROUPED_COLUMN view (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
- DBA_REPKEY_COLUMNS view (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
- DBA_REPOBJECT view (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
- updating (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- DBA_REPPARAMETER_COLUMN view (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
- DBA_REPPRIORITY view (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
- DBA_REPPRIORITY_GROUP view (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
- DBA_REPPRIORITYGROUP view
-
- updating (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- DBA_REPPROP view (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
- DBA_REPRESOL_STATS_CONTROL view (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
- DBA_REPRESOLUTION view (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
- updating (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- DBA_REPRESOLUTION_METHOD view (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #3] (Reference)
- DBA_REPRESOLUTION_STATISTICS view (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
- purging (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- DBA_REPSCHEMA view (Reference)
- DBA_REPSITES view (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
- updating (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- DBA_REPSITES_NEW view (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
- DBA_RESOURCE_INCARNATIONS view (Reference)
- DBA_RESUMABLE view (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
- DBA_REWRITE_EQUIVALENCES view (Reference)
- DBA_RGROUP view (Reference)
- DBA_ROLE_PRIVS view (Reference)
-
- application privileges, finding (Security Guide)
- DBA_ROLES view (Reference)
- DBA_ROLLBACK_SEGS data dictionary view (SQL Language Reference)
- DBA_ROLLBACK_SEGS view (Reference)
- DBA_RSRC_CATEGORIES view (Reference)
- DBA_RSRC_CONSUMER_GROUP_PRIVS view (Reference)
- DBA_RSRC_CONSUMER_GROUPS view (Reference)
- DBA_RSRC_GROUP_MAPPINGS view (Reference)
- DBA_RSRC_IO_CALIBRATE view (Reference)
- DBA_RSRC_MANAGER_SYSTEM_PRIVS view (Reference)
- DBA_RSRC_MAPPING_PRIORITY view (Reference)
- DBA_RSRC_PLAN_DIRECTIVES view (Reference)
- DBA_RSRC_PLANS view (Reference)
- DBA_RULE_SET_RULES view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #3] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- DBA_RULE_SETS view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- DBA_RULES view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #3] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #4] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- DBA_SA_AUDIT_OPTIONS view (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- DBA_SA_COMPARTMENTS view (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- DBA_SA_DATA_LABELS view (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- DBA_SA_GROUP_HIERARCHY view (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- DBA_SA_GROUPS view (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- DBA_SA_LABELS view (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- DBA_SA_LEVELS view (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- DBA_SA_POLICIES view (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- DBA_SA_PROG_PRIVS view (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- DBA_SA_SCHEMA_POLICIES view (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- DBA_SA_TABLE_POLICIES view (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- DBA_SA_USER_COMPARTMENTS view (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- DBA_SA_USER_GROUPS view (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- DBA_SA_USER_LABELS view (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- DBA_SA_USER_LEVELS view (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- DBA_SA_USER_PRIVS view (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- DBA_SA_USERS view (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- DBA_SCHEDULER_CHAIN_RULES view (Reference)
- DBA_SCHEDULER_CHAIN_STEPS view (Reference)
- DBA_SCHEDULER_CHAINS view (Reference)
- DBA_SCHEDULER_CREDENTIALS view (Reference)
- DBA_SCHEDULER_GLOBAL_ATTRIBUTE view (Reference)
- DBA_SCHEDULER_JOB_ARGS view (Reference)
- DBA_SCHEDULER_JOB_CLASSES view (Reference)
- DBA_SCHEDULER_JOB_LOG view (Reference)
- DBA_SCHEDULER_JOB_ROLES view (Reference)
- DBA_SCHEDULER_JOB_RUN_DETAILS view (Reference)
- DBA_SCHEDULER_JOBS view (Reference)
- DBA_SCHEDULER_PROGRAM_ARGS view (Reference)
- DBA_SCHEDULER_PROGRAMS view (Reference)
- DBA_SCHEDULER_REMOTE_DATABASES view (Reference)
- DBA_SCHEDULER_REMOTE_JOBSTATE view (Reference)
- DBA_SCHEDULER_RUNNING_CHAINS view (Reference)
- DBA_SCHEDULER_RUNNING_JOBS view (Reference)
- DBA_SCHEDULER_SCHEDULES view (Reference)
- DBA_SCHEDULER_WINDOW_DETAILS view (Reference)
- DBA_SCHEDULER_WINDOW_GROUPS view (Reference)
- DBA_SCHEDULER_WINDOW_LOG view (Reference)
- DBA_SCHEDULER_WINDOWS view (Reference)
- DBA_SCHEDULER_WINGROUP_MEMBERS view (Reference)
- DBA_SEC_RELEVANT_COLS view (Reference)
- DBA_SECONDARY_OBJECTS view (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
- DBA_SEGMENTS view (Reference)
- DBA_SEGMENTS_OLD view (Reference)
- DBA_SEQUENCES view (Reference)
- DBA_SERVER_REGISTRY view (Reference)
- DBA_SERVICES view (Reference)
- DBA_SOURCE view (Reference)
- DBA_SOURCE_TABLES view (Reference)
- DBA_SQL_MANAGEMENT_CONFIG view (Reference)
- DBA_SQL_PATCHES view (Reference)
- DBA_SQL_PLAN_BASELINES view (Reference)
- DBA_SQL_PROFILES view (Reference)
- DBA_SQLJ_TYPE_ATTRS view (Reference)
- DBA_SQLJ_TYPE_METHODS view (Reference)
- DBA_SQLJ_TYPES view (Reference)
- DBA_SQLSET view (Reference)
- DBA_SQLSET_BINDS view (Reference)
- DBA_SQLSET_PLANS view (Reference)
- DBA_SQLSET_REFERENCES view (Reference)
- DBA_SQLSET_STATEMENTS view (Reference)
- DBA_SQLTUNE_BINDS view (Reference)
- DBA_SQLTUNE_PLANS view (Reference)
- DBA_SQLTUNE_RATIONALE_PLAN view (Reference)
- DBA_SQLTUNE_STATISTICS view (Reference)
- DBA_SSCR_CAPTURE view (Reference)
- DBA_SSCR_RESTORE view (Reference)
- DBA_STAT_EXTENSIONS view (Reference)
- DBA_STMT_AUDIT_OPTS view (Reference)
- DBA_STORED_SETTINGS view (Reference)
- DBA_STREAMS_ADD_COLUMN view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- DBA_STREAMS_ADMINISTRATOR view (Reference)
- DBA_STREAMS_COLUMNS view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #3] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- DBA_STREAMS_DELETE_COLUMN view (Reference)
- DBA_STREAMS_GLOBAL_RULES view (Reference)
- DBA_STREAMS_MESSAGE_CONSUMERS view (Reference)
- DBA_STREAMS_MESSAGE_RULES view (Reference)
- DBA_STREAMS_NEWLY_SUPPORTED view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- DBA_STREAMS_RENAME_COLUMN view (Reference)
- DBA_STREAMS_RENAME_SCHEMA view (Reference)
- DBA_STREAMS_RENAME_TABLE view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- DBA_STREAMS_RULES view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #3] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- DBA_STREAMS_SCHEMA_RULES view (Reference)
- DBA_STREAMS_TABLE_RULES view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- DBA_STREAMS_TP_COMPONENT view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #3] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- DBA_STREAMS_TP_COMPONENT_LINK view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #3] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- DBA_STREAMS_TP_COMPONENT_STAT view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #3] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- DBA_STREAMS_TP_DATABASE view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #3] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- DBA_STREAMS_TP_PATH_BOTTLENECK view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #3] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- DBA_STREAMS_TP_PATH_STAT view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #3] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- DBA_STREAMS_TRANSFORM_FUNCTION view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- DBA_STREAMS_TRANSFORMATIONS view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #3] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- DBA_STREAMS_UNSUPPORTED view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- DBA_SUBPART_COL_STATISTICS view (Reference)
- DBA_SUBPART_HISTOGRAMS view (Reference)
- DBA_SUBPART_KEY_COLUMNS view (Reference)
- DBA_SUBPARTITION_TEMPLATES view (Reference)
- DBA_SUBSCR_REGISTRATIONS
-
- All Subscription Registrations (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- DBA_SUBSCR_REGISTRATIONS view (Reference)
- DBA_SUBSCRIBED_COLUMNS view (Reference)
- DBA_SUBSCRIBED_TABLES view (Reference)
- DBA_SUBSCRIPTIONS view (Reference)
- DBA_SYNC_CAPTURE view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- DBA_SYNC_CAPTURE_PREPARED_TABS view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- DBA_SYNC_CAPTURE_TABLES view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- DBA_SYNONYMS view (Reference)
- DBA_SYS_PRIVS view (Reference)
- DBA_TAB_COL_STATISTICS view (Reference)
- DBA_TAB_COLS view (Reference)
- DBA_TAB_COLUMNS view (Reference)
- DBA_TAB_COMMENTS data dictionary view (SQL Language Reference)
- DBA_TAB_COMMENTS view (Reference)
- DBA_TAB_HISTGRM_PENDING_STATS view (Reference)
- DBA_TAB_HISTOGRAMS view (Reference)
- DBA_TAB_MODIFICATIONS view (Reference)
- DBA_TAB_PARTITIONS view (Reference)
- DBA_TAB_PENDING_STATS view (Reference)
- DBA_TAB_PRIVS view (Reference)
- DBA_TAB_STAT_PREFS view (Reference)
- DBA_TAB_STATISTICS view (Reference)
- DBA_TAB_STATS_HISTORY view (Reference)
- DBA_TAB_SUBPARTITIONS view (Reference)
- DBA_TABLES view (Reference)
- DBA_TABLESPACE_GROUPS view (Reference)
- DBA_TABLESPACE_USAGE_METRICS view (Reference)
- DBA_TABLESPACES view (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
- DBA_TEMP_FILES view (Reference)
- DBA_TEMP_FREE_SPACE view (Reference)
- DBA_THRESHOLDS view (Reference)
- DBA_TRANSFORMATIONS (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- DBA_TRANSFORMATIONS view (Reference)
- DBA_TRIGGER_COLS view (Reference)
- DBA_TRIGGER_ORDERING view (Reference)
- DBA_TRIGGERS view (Reference)
- DBA_TS_QUOTAS view (Reference)
- DBA_TSM_DESTINATION view (Reference)
- DBA_TSM_SOURCE view (Reference)
- DBA_TUNE_MVIEW view (Reference)
- DBA_TYPE_ATTRS view (Reference)
- DBA_TYPE_METHODS view (Reference)
- DBA_TYPE_VERSIONS
-
- replication (Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication)
- DBA_TYPE_VERSIONS view (Reference)
- DBA_TYPES view (Reference)
- DBA_UNDO_EXTENTS view
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
- undo tablespace extents (Administrator's Guide)
- DBA_UNUSED_COL_TABS view (Reference)
- DBA_UPDATABLE_COLUMNS view (Concepts)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
- DBA_USERS view
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
- about (2 Day + Security Guide)
- DBA_USERS_WITH_DEFPWD view (2 Day + Security Guide)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
- DBA_USTATS view (Reference)
- DBA_VARRAYS view (Reference)
- DBA_VIEWS view (Reference)
- DBA_WAITERS view (Reference)
- DBA_WARNING_SETTINGS view (Reference)
- DBA_WM_SYS_PRIVS view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- DBA_WM_VT_ERRORS view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- DBA_WORKLOAD_CAPTURES view (Reference)
- DBA_WORKLOAD_CONNECTION_MAP view (Reference)
- DBA_WORKLOAD_FILTERS view (Reference)
- DBA_WORKLOAD_REPLAY_DIVERGENCE view (Reference)
- DBA_WORKLOAD_REPLAYS view (Reference)
- DBA_WORKSPACE_SESSIONS view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- DBA_WORKSPACES view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- DBA_XML_INDEXES view (Reference)
- DBA_XML_SCHEMAS view (Reference)
- DBA_XML_TAB_COLS view (Reference)
- DBA_XML_TABLES view (Reference)
- DBA_XML_VIEW_COLS view (Reference)
- DBA_XML_VIEWS view (Reference)
- DBA. See database administrators.
- DBAs
-
- See administrators
- DBCA
-
- creating ASM instances (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- delete database (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- loading SSH keys into memory to start (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- See Database Configuration Assistant
- see Database Configuration Assistant
- See Database Configuration Assistant (DBCA)
- see Database Configuration Assistant (DBCA)
- DBCA. See Database Configuration Assistant
- dbca.rsp file (Installation Guide for Linux)
- DbCommon classes (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- DBConnection1 (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- dbconsole process
-
- checking status (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- starting (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DBCS
-
- See double-byte character sets
- DBDESCRIBE program
-
- name change, Preface (OLAP DML Reference)
- See AWDESCRIBE program
- DbFileNameConvert property (Data Guard Broker)
- DBGOUTFILE command (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
-
- and ECHOPROMPT (OLAP DML Reference)
- DBGrid Control (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- dbhome file (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- DBID
-
- determining (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- problems registering copied database (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- setting with DBNEWID (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- DBID (database identifier)
-
- capture process (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
-
- changing (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- changing (Utilities)
- DBIO_EXPECTED parameter
- [entry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide)
-
- about (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- setting (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- [subentry #2] (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- dblink (SQL Language Quick Reference)
-
- not supported if spatial index is defined on the table (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- dblink_authentication (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- DBlinks (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- DBMS (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS interaction with MODE (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- DBMS interfaces (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- DBMS option (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- DBMS output (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- DBMS precompiler option (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- DBMS_ NETWORK_ACL_ADMIN package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_ADDM package
-
- Automatic Database Diagnostic Monitor (Performance Tuning Guide)
- DBMS_ADVISOR package
- [entry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide)
-
- configuring ADDM (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- setting DBIO_EXPECTED (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- setups for ADDM (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- DBMS_ADVISOR.TUNE_MVIEW package (Data Warehousing Guide)
- DBMS_ALERT (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- DBMS_ALERT package (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_ALERT_INFO view (Reference)
- DBMS_APPLICATION_INFO (Application Express User's Guide)
- DBMS_APPLICATION_INFO package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #4] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- DBMS_APPLY_ADM package (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [entry #2] (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [entry #3] (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [entry #4] (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [entry #5] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #6] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #7] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #8] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- DBMS_AQ (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- DBMS_AQ package (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- DBMS_AQ procedures
-
- BIND_AGENT (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- DEQUEUE (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- DEQUEUE_ARRAY (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- ENQUEUE (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- ENQUEUE_ARRAY (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- LISTEN (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- POST (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- REGISTER (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- UNBIND_AGENT (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- UNREGISTER (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- DBMS_AQ.BUFFERED (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- DBMS_AQ.PERSISTENT (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- DBMS_AQ.PERSISTENT_OR_BUFFERED (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- DBMS_AQADM Constants (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_AQADM procedures
-
- ADD_ALIAS_TO_LDAP (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- ADD_SUBSCRIBER (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- ALTER_AQ_AGENT (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- ALTER_PROPAGATION_SCHEDULE (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- ALTER_QUEUE (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- ALTER_QUEUE_TABLE (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- ALTER_SUBSCRIBER (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- CREATE_AQ_AGENT (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- CREATE_NP_QUEUE (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- CREATE_QUEUE (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- CREATE_QUEUE_TABLE (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- CREATE_TRANSFORMATION (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- DEL_ALIAS_FROM_LDAP (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- DISABLE_DB_ACCESS (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- DISABLE_PROPAGATION_SCHEDULE (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- DROP_AQ_AGENT (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- DROP_QUEUE (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- DROP_QUEUE_TABLE (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- DROP_TRANSFORMATION (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- ENABLE_DB_ACCESS (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- ENABLE_JMS_TYPES (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- ENABLE_PROPAGATION_SCHEDULE (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- GRANT_QUEUE_PRIVILEGE (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- GRANT_SYSTEM_PRIVILEGE (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- MIGRATE_QUEUE_TABLE (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- MODIFY_TRANSFORMATION (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- PURGE_QUEUE_TABLE (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- REMOVE_SUBSCRIBER (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- REVOKE_QUEUE_PRIVILEGE (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- REVOKE_SYSTEM_PRIVILEGE (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- SCHEDULE_PROPAGATION (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- START_QUEUE (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- STOP_QUEUE (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- UNSCHEDULE_PROPAGATION (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- VERIFY_QUEUE_TYPES (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- DBMS_AQELM package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_AQIN (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- DBMS_AQIN package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_ASSERT package (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- DBMS_AUTO_TASK_ADMIN package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_AW package (OLAP DML Reference)
- DBMS_AW PL/SQL package
-
- ADD_DIMENSION_SOURCE procedure (OLAP DML Reference)
- ADVISE_CUBE procedure (OLAP DML Reference)
- ADVISE_DIMENSIONALITY function (OLAP DML Reference)
- ADVISE_DIMENSIONALITY procedure (OLAP DML Reference)
- ADVISE_REL procedure (OLAP DML Reference)
- ADVISE_SPARSITY procedure (OLAP DML Reference)
- AW_ATTACH procedure (OLAP DML Reference)
- AW_COPY procedure (OLAP DML Reference)
- AW_CREATE procedure (OLAP DML Reference)
- AW_DELETE procedure (OLAP DML Reference)
- AW_DETACH procedure (OLAP DML Reference)
- AW_RENAME procedure (OLAP DML Reference)
- AW_TABLESPACE function (OLAP DML Reference)
- AW_UPDATE procedure (OLAP DML Reference)
- CONVERT procedure (OLAP DML Reference)
- EVAL_NUMBER function (OLAP DML Reference)
- EVAL_TEXT function (OLAP DML Reference)
- EXECUTE procedure (OLAP DML Reference)
- GETLOG function (OLAP DML Reference)
- INFILE procedure (OLAP DML Reference)
- INTERP function (OLAP DML Reference)
- INTERP_SILENT function (OLAP DML Reference)
- INTERPCLOB function (OLAP DML Reference)
- OLAP_ON function (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- PRINTLOG procedure (OLAP DML Reference)
- RUN procedure (OLAP DML Reference)
- SHUTDOWN procedure (OLAP DML Reference)
- SPARSITY_ADVICE_TABLE procedure (OLAP DML Reference)
- STARTUP procedure (OLAP DML Reference)
- DBMS_AW$_COLUMNLIST_T table (OLAP DML Reference)
- DBMS_AW$_DIMENSION_SOURCE_T object type (OLAP DML Reference)
- DBMS_AW$_DIMENSION_SOURCES_T table type (OLAP DML Reference)
- DBMS_AW_STATS package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_AW_STATS PL/SQL package (OLAP User's Guide)
- DBMS_CAPTURE package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_CAPTURE_ADM package (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [entry #2] (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [entry #3] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #4] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #5] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #6] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- DBMS_CDC_PUBLISH package (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
- ALTER_AUTOLOG_CHANGE_SOURCE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- ALTER_CHANGE_SET procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- ALTER_CHANGE_TABLE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- ALTER_HOTLOG_CHANGE_SOURCE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE_AUTOLOG_CHANGE_SOURCE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE_CHANGE_SET procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE_CHANGE_TABLE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE_HOTLOG_CHANGE_SOURCE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DROP_CHANGE_SET procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DROP_CHANGE_SOURCE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DROP_CHANGE_TABLE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DROP_SUBSCRIPTION procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- privileges required to use (Data Warehousing Guide)
- PURGE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- PURGE_CHANGE_SET procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- PURGE_CHANGE_TABLE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_CDC_PUBLISH.DROP_CHANGE_TABLE PL/SQL procedure (Data Warehousing Guide)
- DBMS_CDC_PUBLISH.PURGE PL/SQL procedure (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- DBMS_CDC_PUBLISH.PURGE_CHANG_SET PL/SQL procedure (Data Warehousing Guide)
- DBMS_CDC_PUBLISH.PURGE_CHANGE_TABLE PL/SQL procedure (Data Warehousing Guide)
- DBMS_CDC_SUBSCRIBE package (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
- ACTIVATE_SUB SCRIPTION procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE_SUBSCRIPTION procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DROP_SUBSCRIBER_VIEW procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DROP_SUBSCRIPTION procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- EXTEND_WINDOW procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GET_SUBSCRIPTION_HANDLE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- PREPARE_SUBSCRIBER_VIEW procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- PURGE_WINDOW procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SUBSCRIBE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_CDC_SUBSCRIBE.PURGE_WINDOW PL/SQL procedure (Data Warehousing Guide)
- DBMS_CHANGE_NOTIFICATION package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_COMPARISON package (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [entry #2] (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [entry #3] (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [entry #4] (Concepts)
- [entry #5] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #6] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
-
- buckets (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- comparing database objects (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
-
- custom (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- cyclic (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- purging results (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- random (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- rechecking (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- subset of columns (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- constants (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- converging database objects (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
-
- session tags (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- data structures (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- index columns (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
- lead index column (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- monitoring (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- parent scans (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- preparation (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- requirements (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- root scans (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- scans (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- Streams replication (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- subprograms (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- using (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- views (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_CONNECTION_CLASS package (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- DBMS_CONNECTION_POOL package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_CRYPTO package
-
- about (Security Guide)
- encryption algorithms supported (Security Guide)
- examples (Security Guide)
- DBMS_CSX_ADMIN package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_CUBE PL/SQL package (OLAP User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (OLAP User's Guide)
- DBMS_CUBE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_CUBE_ADVISE package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_DATA_MINING (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Data Mining Concepts)
-
- constants (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- data types (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- introduction (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- lift (Data Mining Concepts)
- package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- subprograms (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_DATA_MINING_TRANSFORM (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Data Mining Concepts)
- [entry #6] (Data Mining Concepts)
-
- package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_DATA_MINING_TRANSFORM package
-
- introduction (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- subprograms (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_DATAPUMP Package
-
- GET_DUMPFILE_INFO procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- WAIT_FOR_JOB procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_DATAPUMP package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
- ADD_FILE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- ATTACH function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DATA_FILTER procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DETACH procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GET_STATUS procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- LOG_ENTRY procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- METADATA_FILTER procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- METADATA_REMAP procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- METADATA_TRANSFORM procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- OPEN function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- roles used by (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SET_PARALLEL procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SET_PARAMETER procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- START_JOB procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- STOP_JOB procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- types used by (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_DATAPUMP PL/SQL package (Utilities)
- DBMS_DB_VERSION package
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
- using with conditional compilation (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- DBMS_DDL package
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
- functions for hiding PL/SQL source code (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- limitations (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- obfuscating PL/SQL code (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- using (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- wrap functions (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- wrapping PL/SQL code (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- DBMS_DEBUG package (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_DEBUG_JDWP package (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- DBMS_DEFER package (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- DBMS_DEFER package documentation (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_DEFER_QUERY package (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
- GET_ANYDATA_ARG function (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- DBMS_DEFER_QUERY package documentation (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_DEFER_SYS package
- [entry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
- CLEAR_PROP_STATISTICS procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- EXECUTE_ERROR procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- EXECUTE_ERROR_AS_USER procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- PURGE function (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- PUSH function (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- REGISTER_PROPAGATOR procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- SCHEDULE_PURGE procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- SCHEDULE_PUSH procedure (Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #3] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #4] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #5] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #6] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- DBMS_DEFER_SYS package documentation (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_DESCRIBE (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- DBMS_DESCRIBE package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_DG package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
- INITIATE_FS_FAILOVER procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- using (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_DIMENSION package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_DISTRIBUTED_TRUST_ADMIN package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_EPG package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_ERROR package (Data Warehousing Guide)
- DBMS_EXPFIL package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
-
- ADD_ELEMENTARY_ATTRIBUTE (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- ADD_FUNCTIONS (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- ASSIGN_ATTRIBUTE_SET (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- BUILD_EXCEPTIONS_TABLE (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CLEAR_EXPRSET_STATS (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- COPY_ATTRIBUTE_SET (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE_ATTRIBUTE_SET (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DEFAULT_INDEX_PARAMETERS (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DEFAULT_XPINDEX_PARAMETERS (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DEFRAG_INDEX (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DROP_ATTRIBUTE_SET (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GET_EXPRSET_STATS (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GRANT_PRIVILEGE (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GRANT_PRIVILEGE procedure (Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
- INDEX_PARAMETERS (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- methods (Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
- MODIFY_OPERATOR_LIST (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- REVOKE_PRIVILEGE (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- REVOKE_PRIVILEGE procedure (Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
- SYNC_TEXT_INDEXES (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- UNASSIGN_ATTRIBUTE_SET (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- VALIDATE_EXPRESSIONS (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- XPINDEX_PARAMETERS (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_FGA package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
- about (Security Guide)
- ADD_POLICY procedure (Security Guide)
- DISABLE_POLICY procedure (Security Guide)
- DROP_POLICY procedure (Security Guide)
- ENABLE_POLICY procedure (Security Guide)
- DBMS_FILE_GROUP package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
- constants (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_FILE_TRANSFER package
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
- copying datafiles (Administrator's Guide)
- DBMS_FILE_TRANSFER package, guidelines on managing (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DBMS_FLASHBACK package (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_FLASHBACK.TRANSACTION_BACKOUT procedure (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- DBMS_FLASHBACK.TRANSACTION_BACKOUT() procedure (Concepts)
- [entry #2] (High Availability Overview)
- DBMS_FREQUENT_ITEMSET (Data Mining Concepts)
- DBMS_FREQUENT_ITEMSET package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_HPROF package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_HPROF.START_PROFILING procedure (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- DBMS_HPROF.STOP_PROFILING procedure (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- DBMS_HS_PARALLEL package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
- CREATE_OR_REPLACE_VIEW procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE_TABLE_TEMPLATE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DROP_VIEW procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- LOAD_TABLE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_HS_PASSTHROUGH package (Heterogeneous Connectivity Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
- list of functions and procedures (Heterogeneous Connectivity Administrator's Guide)
- DBMS_HS_PASSTHROUGH.EXECUTE_IMMEDIATE function (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- DBMS_IOT package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_JAVA (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- DBMS_JAVA package (Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
-
- compile_class (Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- compile_method (Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Java Developer's Guide)
- delete_permission method (Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- derivedFrom method (Java Developer's Guide)
- disable_output_to_file (Java Developer's Guide)
- disable_output_to_java (Java Developer's Guide)
- disable_output_to_sql (Java Developer's Guide)
- disable_output_to_trc (Java Developer's Guide)
- disable_permission method (Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- dropjava method (Java Developer's Guide)
- enable_output_to_file (Java Developer's Guide)
- enable_output_to_java (Java Developer's Guide)
- enable_output_to_sql (Java Developer's Guide)
- enable_output_to_trc (Java Developer's Guide)
- enable_permission method (Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- endsession (Java Developer's Guide)
- endsession_and_related_state (Java Developer's Guide)
- export_class method (Java Developer's Guide)
- export_resource method (Java Developer's Guide)
- export_source method (Java Developer's Guide)
- fixed_in_instance method (Java Developer's Guide)
- get property (Java Developer's Guide)
- get_compiler_option method (Java Developer's Guide)
- grant_permission method (Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- grant_policy_permission method (Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Java Developer's Guide)
- loadjava method (Java Developer's Guide)
- longname method (Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Java Developer's Guide)
- modifying permissions (Java Developer's Guide)
- modifying PolicyTable permissions (Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- query_output_to_file (Java Developer's Guide)
- query_output_to_sql (Java Developer's Guide)
- query_output_to_trc (Java Developer's Guide)
- remove property (Java Developer's Guide)
- remove_output_to_file (Java Developer's Guide)
- remove_output_to_java (Java Developer's Guide)
- remove_output_to_sql (Java Developer's Guide)
- reset_compiler_option method (Java Developer's Guide)
- resolver method (Java Developer's Guide)
- restart_debugging method (Java Developer's Guide)
- restrict_permission method (Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- revoke_permission method (Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- runjava (Java Developer's Guide)
- runjava_in_current_session (Java Developer's Guide)
- set property (Java Developer's Guide)
- set server output device (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- set server-side options (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- set_compiler_option method (Java Developer's Guide)
- set_native_compiler_option (Java Developer's Guide)
- set_output method (Java Developer's Guide)
- set_output_to_file (Java Developer's Guide)
- set_output_to_java (Java Developer's Guide)
- set_output_to_sql (Java Developer's Guide)
- set_preference method (Java Developer's Guide)
- setting permissions (Java Developer's Guide)
- shortname method (Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Java Developer's Guide)
- show property (Java Developer's Guide)
- start_debugging method (Java Developer's Guide)
- stop_debugging method (Java Developer's Guide)
- uncompile_class (Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- uncompile_method (Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- unset_native_compiler_option (Java Developer's Guide)
- DBMS_JAVA package documentation (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_JAVA query_output_to_java (Java Developer's Guide)
- DBMS_JOB (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- DBMS_JOB package (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #3] (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- DBMS_JOBS package (Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- DBMS_LDAP package documentation (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_LDAP_UTL package documentation (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_LIBCACHE package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_LOB (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
-
- updating LOB with bind variable (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- WRITE()
-
- passing hexadecimal string to (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- DBMS_LOB functions on a NULL LOB restriction (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- DBMS_LOB package (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #4] (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
-
- available LOB procedures/functions (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- compared with OCI (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- for temporary LOBs (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- functions/procedures to modify BLOB, CLOB, and NCLOB (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- functions/procedures to read/examine internal and external LOBs (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- LOADBLOBFROMFILE (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- LOADCLOBFROMFILE (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- LOADFROMFILE() (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- multithreaded server (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- multithreaded server mode (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- offset and amount parameter guidelines (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- open and close, JDBC replacements for (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- opening/closing internal and external LOBs (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- provide LOB locator before invoking (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- read-only functions/procedures for BFILEs (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- to work with LOBs, using (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- WRITE()
-
- guidelines (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- DBMS_LOB PL/SQL package (Globalization Support Guide)
- [entry #2] (OLAP User's Guide)
- DBMS_LOB.GET_STORAGE_LIMIT (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- DBMS_LOB.GETCHUNKSIZE (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- DBMS_LOB.GETLENGTH return value (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- DBMS_LOB.isTemporary, previous workaround for JDBC (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- DBMS_LOB.LOADBLOBFROMFILE (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- DBMS_LOB.LOADBLOBFROMFILE procedure (Globalization Support Guide)
- DBMS_LOB.LOADCLOBFROMFILE (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- DBMS_LOB.LOADCLOBFROMFILE procedure (Globalization Support Guide)
- DBMS_LOB.LOADFROMFILE (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- DBMS_LOB.READ (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- DBMS_LOCK package (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- [entry #3] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_LOCK_ALLOCATED view (Reference)
- DBMS_LOGMNR package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
- ADD_LOGFILE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- COLUMN_PRESENT function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- END_LOGMNR procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- MINE_VALUE function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- REMOVE_LOGFILE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- START_LOGMNR procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_LOGMNR PL/SQL procedure
-
- LogMiner utility and (Utilities)
- DBMS_LOGMNR_D package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
- BUILD procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SET_TABLESPACE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_LOGMNR_D PL/SQL procedure
-
- LogMiner utility and (Utilities)
- DBMS_LOGMNR_D.ADD_LOGFILES PL/SQL procedure
-
- LogMiner utility and (Utilities)
- DBMS_LOGMNR_D.BUILD PL/SQL procedure
-
- LogMiner utility and (Utilities)
- DBMS_LOGMNR_D.END_LOGMNR PL/SQL procedure
-
- LogMiner utility and (Utilities)
- DBMS_LOGMNR.ADD_LOGFILE PL/SQL procedure
-
- ADDFILE option (Utilities)
- NEW option (Utilities)
- DBMS_LOGMNR.COLUMN_PRESENT function (Utilities)
- DBMS_LOGMNR.MINE_VALUE function (Utilities)
-
- null values and (Utilities)
- DBMS_LOGMNR.START_LOGMNR PL/SQL procedure (Utilities)
-
- calling multiple times (Utilities)
- COMMITTED_DATA_ONLY option (Utilities)
- CONTINUOUS_MINE option (Utilities)
- ENDTIME parameter (Utilities)
- [subentry #2] (Utilities)
- LogMiner utility and (Utilities)
- options for (Utilities)
- PRINT_PRETTY_SQL option (Utilities)
- SKIP_CORRUPTION option (Utilities)
- STARTTIME parameter (Utilities)
- [subentry #2] (Utilities)
- DBMS_LOGSTDBY package
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
- APPLY_SET procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- APPLY_UNSET procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- BUILD procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- INSTANTIATE_TABLE procedure (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- MAP_PRIMARY_SCN function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- operational notes (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- overview of managing SQL Apply (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- PREPARE_FOR_NEW_PRIMARY procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- privileges and security (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- PURGE_SESSION procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SET_TABLESPACE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SKIP procedure (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SKIP_ERROR procedure (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SKIP_TRANSACTION procedure (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- UNSKIP procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- UNSKIP_ERROR procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- UNSKIP_TRANSACTION procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- using (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_LOGSTDBY procedure
-
- capturing events in DBA_LOGSTDBY_EVENTS table (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- DBMS_LOGSTDBY.BUILD procedure
-
- building a dictionary in the redo data (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- DBMS_METADATA (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- DBMS_METADATA package
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
- ADD_TRANSFORM function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CLOSE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CONVERT functions and procedures (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GET_DDL function (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GET_QUERY function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GET_XML function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- OPEN function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- OPENW function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- PUT function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- security (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SET_COUNT procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SET_FILTER procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SET_PARSE_ITEM procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SET_REMAP_PARAM procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SET_TRANSFORM_PARAM procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- using for object definition (Administrator's Guide)
- DBMS_METADATA PL/SQL package (OLAP User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Utilities)
- [entry #3] (XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
- reference documentation (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- DBMS_MGD_ID_UTL package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
- ADD_SCHEME procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE_CATEGORY function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- EPC_TO_ORACLE_SCHEME function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GET_CATEGORY_ID function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GET_COMPONENTS function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GET_ENCODINGS function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GET_JAVA_LOGGING_LEVEL function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GET_PLSQL_LOGGING_LEVEL function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GET_SCHEMENAMES function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GET_TDT_XML function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GET_VALIDATOR function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- REFRESH_CATEGORY function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- REMOVE_CATEGORY procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- REMOVE_PROXY procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- REMOVE_SCHEME procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SET_JAVA_LOGGING_LEVEL procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SET_PLSQL_LOGGING_LEVEL procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SET_PROXY procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- VALIDATE_SCHEME function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_MGWADM package
-
- about (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- ADD_SUBSCRIBER (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- ALTER_AGENT (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- ALTER_MSGSYSTEM_LINK (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- ALTER_SUBSCRIBER (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- CREATE_MSGSYSTEM_LINK (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- DB_CONNECT_INFO (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- DISABLE_PROPAGATION_SCHEDULE (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- DOMAIN_QUEUE (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- DOMAIN_TOPIC (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- ENABLE_PROPAGATION_SCHEDULE (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- JMS_CONNECTION (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- JMS_QUEUE_CONNECTION (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- JMS_TOPIC_CONNECTION (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- MQSERIES_BASE_JAVA_INTERFACE (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- REGISTER_FOREIGN_QUEUE (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- REMOVE_MSGSYSTEM_LINK (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- RESET_SUBSCRIBER (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- SHUTDOWN (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- STARTUP (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- summary of subprograms (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- UNREGISTER_FOREIGN_QUEUE (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- DBMS_MGWMSG package
-
- constants (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- summary of subprograms (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_MGWMSG.LCR_TO_XML (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- DBMS_MONITOR package
-
- End to End Application Tracing (Performance Tuning Guide)
- stastics tracing and gathering
-
- DBMS_MONITOR package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_MVIEW package (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Replication)
- [entry #3] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #4] (Data Warehousing Guide)
-
- BEGIN_TABLE_REORGANIZATION procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- END_TABLE_REORGANIZATION procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- EXPLAIN_MVIEW procedure (Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [subentry #3] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- EXPLAIN_REWRITE procedure (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- I_AM_A_REFRESH function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- PMARKER function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- PURGE_DIRECT_LOAD_LOG procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- PURGE_LOG procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- PURGE_MVIEW_FROM_LOG procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #4] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #5] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- REFRESH procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [subentry #5] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- REFRESH_ALL_MVIEWS procedure (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- REFRESH_DEPENDENT procedure (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- REGISTER_MVIEW procedure (Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- UNREGISTER_MVIEW procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_MVIEW PL/SQL package (OLAP User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (OLAP User's Guide)
- DBMS_OBFUSCATION_TOOLKIT (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- DBMS_OBFUSCATION_TOOLKIT package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
- backward compatibility (Security Guide)
- See also DBMS_CRYPTO package
- DBMS_ODCI package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
- ESTIMATE_CPU_UNITS function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- methods (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_OFFLINE_OG package (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
- BEGIN_INSTANTIATION procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- BEGIN_LOAD procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- END_INSTANTIATION procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- END_LOAD procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- RESUME_SUBSET_OF_MASTERS procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- DBMS_OFFLINE_OG package documentation (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_OFFLINE_SNAPSHOT package
-
- END_LOAD procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #4] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #5] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #6] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #7] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- DBMS_OUTLN package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
- procedures for managing outlines (Performance Tuning Guide)
- DBMS_OUTLN_EDIT package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
- procedures for managing outlines (Performance Tuning Guide)
- DBMS_OUTPUT (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
-
- user-defined report example (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- DBMS_OUTPUT package
- [entry #2] (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- [entry #6] (Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #7] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #8] (SQL Language Reference)
-
- displaying output (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- displaying output from PL/SQL (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- using PUT_LINE to display output (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- using to debug subprograms (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- DBMS_OUTPUT packages (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #4] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #5] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #6] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #7] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #8] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- DBMS_OUTPUT pane (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- DBMS_PCLUTIL
-
- BUILD_PART_INDEX (Text Reference)
- DBMS_PCLXUTIL package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_PIPE (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #4] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #5] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #6] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #7] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #8] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #9] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #10] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #11] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #12] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #13] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #14] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #15] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #16] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #17] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- DBMS_PIPE package (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- [entry #6] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [entry #7] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_PIPE PL/SQL package (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- DBMS_PREDICTIVE_ANALYTICS (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Data Mining Concepts)
- DBMS_PREDICTIVE_ANALYTICS package (Data Mining Concepts)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
- EXPLAIN procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- PREDICT procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- PROFILE Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_PREPROCESSOR package
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
- using with conditional compilation (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- DBMS_PROFILE package
-
- gathering statistics for tuning (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- DBMS_PROFILER package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_PROPAGATION_ADM package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #3] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #4] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
-
- starting a propagation (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- stopping a propagation (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- DBMS_RANDOM (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- DBMS_RANDOM package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_RECTIFIER_DIFF package (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
- DIFFERENCES procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- RECTIFY procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- DBMS_RECTIFIER_DIFF package documentation (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_REDEFINITION (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #2] (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- DBMS_REDEFINITION package
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
- performing online redefinition with (Administrator's Guide)
- required privileges (Administrator's Guide)
- DBMS_REDEFINITION.CAN_REDEF_TABLE procedure (Globalization Support Guide)
- DBMS_REFRESH (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- DBMS_REFRESH package (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
- ADD procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- MAKE procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- REFRESH procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- DBMS_REFRESH package documentation (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_REGISTRY (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- DBMS_REPAIR
-
- logical corruptions (Administrator's Guide)
- DBMS_REPAIR package
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
- examples (Administrator's Guide)
- limitations (Administrator's Guide)
- procedures (Administrator's Guide)
- using (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- DBMS_REPCAT package (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Replication)
- [entry #3] (Advanced Replication)
- [entry #4] (Advanced Replication)
- [entry #5] (Advanced Replication)
- [entry #6] (Advanced Replication)
- [entry #7] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #8] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
- ADD_MASTER_DATABASE procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- ADD_NEW_MASTERS procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- ADD_SITE_PRIORITY_SITE procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- ADD_UPDATE_RESOLUTION procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #4] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #5] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #6] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- ALTER_MASTER_REPOBJECT procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #4] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- CANCEL_STATISTICS procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- COMPARE_OLD_VALUES procedure
-
- conflict resolution (Advanced Replication)
- CREATE_MASTER_REPGROUP procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- CREATE_MASTER_REPOBJECT procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- CREATE_MVIEW_REPGROUP procedure (Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #4] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #5] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- CREATE_MVIEW_REPOBJECT procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #4] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #5] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #6] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #7] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #8] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #9] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #10] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #11] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #12] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #13] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #14] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #15] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- DEFINE_SITE_PRIORITY procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- DO_DEFERRED_REPCAT_ADMIN procedure (Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #3] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #4] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- DROP_MVIEW_REPGROUP procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- DROP_MVIEW_REPOBJECT procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- GENERATE_REPLICATION_SUPPORT procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #4] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #5] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #6] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #7] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #8] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- MAKE_COLUMN_GROUP procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #4] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #5] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #6] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #7] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- PREPARE_INSTANTIATED_MASTER procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- PURGE_STATISTICS procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- REGISTER_STATISTICS procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- RELOCATE_MASTERDEF procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- REMOVE_MASTER_DATABASE procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- RESUME_MASTER_ACTIVITY procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- RESUME_PROPAGATION_TO_MDEF procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- SEND_OLD_VALUES procedure
-
- conflict resolution (Advanced Replication)
- SPECIFY_NEW_MASTERS procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- SWITCH_MVIEW_MASTER procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- UNREGISTER_MVIEW_REPGROUP procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- DBMS_REPCAT package documentation (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_REPCAT_ADMIN package (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
- GRANT_ADMIN_ANY_SCHEMA procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- REGISTER_USER_REPGROUP procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #4] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #5] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #6] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- DBMS_REPCAT_ADMIN package documentation (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_REPCAT_INSTANTIATE package (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
- DROP_SITE_INSTANTIATION procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- DBMS_REPCAT_INSTANTIATE package documentation (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_REPCAT_RGT package (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
- CREATE_REFRESH_TEMPLATE procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- CREATE_TEMPLATE_OBJECT procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- CREATE_USER_AUTHORIZATION procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- INSTANTIATE_OFFLINE procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- INSTANTIATE_ONLINE procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- DBMS_REPCAT_RGT package documentation (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_REPUTIL package (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
- REPLICATION_OFF procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- REPLICATION_ON procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- DBMS_REPUTIL package documentation (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_RESCONFIG package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_RESOURCE_MANAGER package (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #4] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
- procedures (table of) (Administrator's Guide)
- DBMS_RESOURCE_MANAGER_PRIVS package (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
- procedures (table of) (Administrator's Guide)
- DBMS_RESULT_CACHE (Performance Tuning Guide)
- DBMS_RESULT_CACHE package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_RESUMABLE package (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_RLMGR package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
- ADD_ELEMENTARY_ATTRIBUTE (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- ADD_EVENT (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- ADD_FUNCTIONS (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- ADD_RULE (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CONDITION_REF (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CONSUME_EVENT (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CONSUME_PRIM_EVENT (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE_CONDITIONS_TABLE (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE_EVENT_STRUCT (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE_EXPFIL_INDEXES (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE_INTERFACE (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE_RULE_CLASS (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DELETE_RULE (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DROP_CONDITIONS_TABLE (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DROP_EVENT_STRUCT (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DROP_EXPFIL_INDEXES (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DROP_INTERFACE (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DROP_RULE_CLASS (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- EXTEND_EVENT_STRUCT (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GET_AGGREGATE_VALUE (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GRANT_PRIVILEGE (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- methods (Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
- PROCESS_RULES (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- PURGE_EVENTS (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- RESET_SESSION (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- REVOKE_PRIVILEGE (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SYNC_TEXT_INDEXES (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_RLS package
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
- about (Security Guide)
- security policies (Concepts)
- DBMS_RLS.ADD_CONTEXT procedure (Security Guide)
- DBMS_RLS.ADD_GROUPED_POLICY parameters
-
- enable (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- function_schema (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- long_predicate (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- object_name (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- object_schema (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- policy_function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- policy_group (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- policy_name (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- policy_type (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- sec_relevant_cols (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- statement_types (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- static_policy (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- update_check (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_RLS.ADD_GROUPED_POLICY procedure (Security Guide)
- DBMS_RLS.ADD_POLICY
-
- sec_relevant_cols parameter (Security Guide)
- sec_relevant_cols_opt parameter (Security Guide)
- DBMS_RLS.ADD_POLICY parameters
-
- enable (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- function_schema (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- long_predicate (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- object_name (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- object_schema (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- policy_function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- policy_name (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- policy_type (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- sec_relevant_cols (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- sec_relevant_cols_opt (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- statement_types (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- static_policy (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- update_check (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_RLS.ADD_POLICY policy types
-
- CONTEXT_SENSITIVE (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DYNAMIC (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SHARED_CONTEXT_SENSITIVE (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SHARED_STATIC (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- STATIC (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_RLS.ADD_POLICY procedure
-
- about (Security Guide)
- DBMS_RLS.ADD_POLICY_CONTEXT parameters
-
- attribute (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- namespace (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- object_name (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- object_schema (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_RLS.CREATE_POLICY_GROUP parameters
-
- object_name (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- object_schema (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- policy_group (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_RLS.CREATE_POLICY_GROUP procedure (Security Guide)
- DBMS_RLS.DELETE_POLICY_GROUP parameters
-
- object_name (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- object_schema (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- policy_group (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_RLS.DELETE_POLICY_GROUPS procedure (Security Guide)
- DBMS_RLS.DISABLE_GROUPED_POLICY parameters
-
- group_name (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- object_name (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- object_schema (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- policy_name (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_RLS.DISABLE_GROUPED_POLICY procedure (Security Guide)
- DBMS_RLS.DROP_CONTEXT procedure (Security Guide)
- DBMS_RLS.DROP_GROUPED_POLICY parameters
-
- object_name (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- object_schema (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- policy_group (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- policy_name (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_RLS.DROP_GROUPED_POLICY procedure (Security Guide)
- DBMS_RLS.DROP_POLICY procedure (Security Guide)
- DBMS_RLS.DROP_POLICY_CONTEXT parameters
-
- attribute (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- namespace (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- object_name (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- object_schema (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_RLS.ENABLE_GROUPED_POLICY parameters
-
- enable (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- group_name (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- object_name (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- object_schema (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- policy_name (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_RLS.ENABLE_GROUPED_POLICY procedure (Security Guide)
- DBMS_RLS.ENABLE_POLICY parameters
-
- enable (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- object_name (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- object_schema (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- policy_name (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_RLS.ENABLE_POLICY procedure (Security Guide)
- DBMS_RLS.REFRESH_GROUPED_POLICY parameters
-
- group_name (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- object_name (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- object_schema (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- policy_name (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_RLS.REFRESH_GROUPED_POLICY procedure (Security Guide)
- DBMS_RLS.REFRESH_POLICY parameters
-
- object_name (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- object_schema (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- policy_name (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_RLS.REFRESH_POLICY procedure (Security Guide)
- DBMS_ROWID package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
- and extended rowids (SQL Language Reference)
- DBMS_RULE package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #3] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #4] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- DBMS_RULE_ADM package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #3] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #4] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #5] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
-
- synchronous capture (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- DBMS_RULE_ADM.GRANT_SYSTEM_PRIVILEGE (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- DBMS_SCHEDULER (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- DBMS_SCHEDULER package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_SCHEDULER PL/SQL package. (OLAP User's Guide)
- DBMS_SERVER_ALERT package
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
- setting alert thresholds (Administrator's Guide)
- DBMS_SERVICE (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- DBMS_SERVICE package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
- procedures for administering services (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- DBMS_SERVICE.GOAL_SERVICE_TIME procedure
-
- service goal (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- DBMS_SERVICE.MODIFY_SERVICE procedure
-
- enabling event notification (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- DBMS_SERVICE.SERVICE_TIME (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- DBMS_SERVICE.THROUGHPUT (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- DBMS_SESSION package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
- client identifiers, using (Security Guide)
- global application context, used in (Security Guide)
- SET_CONTEXT procedure
-
- about (Security Guide)
- application context name-value pair, setting (Security Guide)
- SET_ROLE procedure (Security Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- DBMS_SESSION.SET_CONTEXT procedure
-
- about (Security Guide)
- syntax (Security Guide)
- username and client_id settings (Security Guide)
- DBMS_SESSION.SET_ROLE procedure (Security Guide)
-
- secure application roles (Security Guide)
- DBMS_SHARED_POOL package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
- managing the shared pool (Performance Tuning Guide)
- DBMS_SPACE package (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #3] (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
-
- example for unused space (Administrator's Guide)
- FREE_BLOCK procedure (Administrator's Guide)
- SPACE_USAGE procedure (Administrator's Guide)
- UNUSED_SPACE procedure (Administrator's Guide)
- DBMS_SPACE_ADMIN (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- DBMS_SPACE_ADMIN package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_SPM
-
- EVOLVE_SQL_PLAN_BASELINE (Performance Tuning Guide)
- DBMS_SPM package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_SQL (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- DBMS_SQL package (Concepts)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [entry #3] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
- parsing DDL statements (Concepts)
- SET_ROLE procedure (Security Guide)
- upgrade to dynamic SQL (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- DBMS_SQL.TO_NUMBER function (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- DBMS_SQL.TO_REFCURSOR function (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- DBMS_SQLDIAG (Performance Tuning Guide)
- DBMS_SQLDIAG package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_SQLHASH encryption package
-
- about (Security Guide)
- GETHASH function (Security Guide)
- DBMS_SQLTUNE package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
- SQL Profiles (Performance Tuning Guide)
- SQL Tuning Advisor (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- SQL Tuning Sets (Performance Tuning Guide)
- DBMS_STAT_FUNCS (Data Mining Concepts)
- DBMS_STAT_FUNCS package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- dbms_stats functions
-
- create_extended_statistics (Performance Tuning Guide)
- drop_extended_stats (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- gather_table_stats (Performance Tuning Guide)
- show_extended_stats_name (Performance Tuning Guide)
- DBMS_STATS package (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #3] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #4] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [entry #5] (Performance Tuning Guide)
-
- managing query optimizer statistics (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- manually determining sample size for gathering procedures (Performance Tuning Guide)
- MONITORING clause of CREATE TABLE (Administrator's Guide)
- upgrading statistics tables (Upgrade Guide)
- used in optimizer (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- dbms_stats package
-
- method_opt (Performance Tuning Guide)
- DBMS_STATS package and Flashback Query (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- DBMS_STATS procedure
-
- use when creating a statistics table (Upgrade Guide)
- DBMS_STATS_DISCOVER (Performance Tuning Guide)
- DBMS_STORAGE_MAP package
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
- invoking for file mapping (Administrator's Guide)
- views detailing mapping information (Administrator's Guide)
- DBMS_STREAMS package (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #3] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #4] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- DBMS_STREAMS_ADM package (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [entry #2] (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [entry #3] (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [entry #4] (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [entry #5] (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [entry #6] (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [entry #7] (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [entry #8] (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [entry #9] (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [entry #10] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #11] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #12] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #13] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #14] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #15] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #16] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #17] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #18] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #19] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
-
- creating a capture process (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- creating a propagation (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- creating an apply process (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- deprecated subprograms (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- preparation for instantiation (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- tags (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- DBMS_STREAMS_ADM.SET_UP_QUEUE (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- DBMS_STREAMS_ADVISOR_ADM package (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #3] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #4] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #5] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #6] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
-
- constants (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- gathering information (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- operational notes (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- subprograms (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- using (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- views (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_STREAMS_AUTH package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- DBMS_STREAMS_MESSAGING package (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [entry #2] (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [entry #3] (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [entry #4] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #5] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- DBMS_STREAMS_TABLESPACE package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_STREAMS_TABLESPACE_ADM package (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
-
- information provisioning (Streams Concepts and Administration)
-
- platform conversion (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- DBMS_TDB package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_TDB.CHECK_DB procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_TRACE (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- DBMS_TRACE package
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
- tracing code for tuning (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- DBMS_TRANSACTION (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- DBMS_TRANSACTION package
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #3] (Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
-
- PURGE_LOST_DB_ENTRY procedure (Administrator's Guide)
- DBMS_TRANSFORM package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_TRANSFORM.CREATE_TRANSFORMATION (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- DBMS_TTS package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_TYPES package (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_UTILITY package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_WARNING package
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
- controlling warning messages in PL/SQL (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- DBMS_WM package (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
-
- Add_Topo_Geometry_Layer (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- AddAsParentWorkspace (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- AddUserDefinedHint (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- AlterSavepoint (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- AlterVersionedTable (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- AlterWorkspace (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- BeginBulkLoading (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- BeginDDL (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- BeginResolve (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- ChangeWorkspaceType (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- CommitDDL (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- CommitResolve (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- CompressWorkspace (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- CompressWorkspaceTree (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- CopyForUpdate (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- CreateSavepoint (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- CreateWorkspace (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- Delete_Topo_Geometry_Layer (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- DeleteSavepoint (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- DisableVersioning (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- DropReplicationSupport (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- EnableVersioning (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- EndBulkLoading (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- Export (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- FindRICSet (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- FreezeWorkspace (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- GenerateReplicationSupport (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- GetBulkLoadVersion (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- GetConflictWorkspace (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- GetDiffVersions (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- GetLockMode (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- GetMultiWorkspaces (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- GetOpContext (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- GetPhysicalTableName (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- GetPrivs (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- GetSessionInfo (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- GetSystemParameter (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- GetValidFrom (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- GetValidTill (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- GetWMMetadataSpace (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- GetWorkspace (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- GotoWorkspace (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- GrantGraphPriv (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- GrantPrivsOnPolicy (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- GrantSystemPriv (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- GrantWorkspacePriv (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- Import (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- IsWorkspaceOccupied (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- LockRows (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- MergeTable (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- MergeWorkspace (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- Move_Proc (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- RecoverAllMigratingTables (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- RecoverFromDroppedUser (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- RecoverMigratingTable (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- RefreshTable (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- RefreshWorkspace (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- RelocateWriterSite (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- RemoveAsParentWorkspace (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- RemoveUserDefinedHint (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- RemoveWorkspace (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- RemoveWorkspaceTree (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- ResolveConflicts (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- RevokeGraphPriv (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- RevokeSystemPriv (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- RevokeWorkspacePriv (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- RollbackBulkLoading (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- RollbackDDL (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- RollbackResolve (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- RollbackTable (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- RollbackToSP (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- RollbackWorkspace (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- SetCaptureEvent (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- SetCompressWorkspace (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- SetConflictWorkspace (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- SetDiffVersions (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- SetLockingOFF (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- SetLockingON (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- SetMultiWorkspaces (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- SetSystemParameter (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- SetTriggerEvents (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- SetValidTime (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- SetValidTimeFilterOFF (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- SetValidTimeFilterON (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- SetWMValidUpdateModeOFF (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- SetWMValidUpdateModeON (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- SetWoOverwriteOFF (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- SetWoOverwriteON (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- SetWorkspaceLockModeOFF (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- SetWorkspaceLockModeON (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- SynchronizeSite (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- UnfreezeWorkspace (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- UnlockRows (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- UseDefaultValuesForNulls (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- DBMS_WM package documentation (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_WM public synonym (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- DBMS_WORKLOAD_RECORD package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_WORKLOAD_REPLAY package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_WORKLOAD_REPOSITORY package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
- managing the Automatic Workload Repository (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- DBMS_XA package (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- DBMS_XA_XID Object Type (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_XA_XID_ARRAY Table Type (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_XBD_VERSION package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_XDB Constants (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_XDB Overview (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_XDB package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
- ACLCHECKPRIVILEGES function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CFG_GET function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CFG_REFRESH procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CFG_UPDATE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CHECKPRIVILEGES function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CONFIGUREAUTOSYNC procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- constants (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- ConText synchronization settings (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATEDATASTOREPREF procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATEFILTERPREF procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATEFOLDER function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATEINDEX procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATELEXERPREF procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATEOIDPATH function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATEPREFERENCES procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATERESOURCE function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATESECTIONGROUPPREF procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATESTOPLISTPREF procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATESTORAGEPREF procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATEWORLDLISTPREF procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DELETERESOURCE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DROPPREFERENCES procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- EXISTSRESOURCE function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- filtering settings (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- general indexing settings (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GETACLDOCUMENT function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GETLOCKTOKEN procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GETRESOID function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GETXDB_TABLESPACE function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- LOCKRESOURCE function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- methods (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- miscellaneous settings (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- MOVEXDB_TABLESPACE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- other index preference settings (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- REBUILDHIERARCHICALINDEX procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- RENAMERESOURCE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- sectioning and section group settings (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SETACL procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- stoplist settings (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SYNC settings (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- UNLOCKRESOURCE function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_XDB PL/SQL package (XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
- reference documentation (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- DBMS_XDB_ADMIN package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_XDB_ADMIN PL/SQL package
-
- reference documentation (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- DBMS_XDB_VERSION package
-
- CHECKIN function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CHECKOUT procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GETCONTENTSBLOBBYRESID function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GETCONTENTSCLOBBYRESID function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GETCONTENTSXMLBYRESID function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GETPREDECESSORS function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GETPREDSBYRESID function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GETRESOURCEBYRESID function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GETSUCCESSORS function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GETSUCCSBYRESID function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- MAKEVERSIONED function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- UNCHECKOUT function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_XDB_VERSION PL/SQL package (XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
- reference documentation (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- DBMS_XDBRESOURCE package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_XDBT PL/SQL package (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- DBMS_XDBZ package
-
- DISABLE_HIERARCHY procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- ENABLE_HIERARCHY procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GET_ACLOID function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GET_USERID function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- IS_HIERARCHY_ENABLED function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- PURGELDAPCACHE function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_XDBZ PL/SQL package (XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
- disable_hierarchy procedure (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- enable_hierarchy procedure (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- is_hierarchy_enabled function (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- purgeLDAPCache procedure (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- reference documentation (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- DBMS_XEVENT PL/SQL package
-
- reference documentation (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- DBMS_XMLDOM Constants (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_XMLDOM package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
- APPENDDATA procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATEATTRIBUTE function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATECDATASECTION function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATECOMMENT function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATEDOCUMENT function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATEDOCUMENTFRAGMENT (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATEELEMENT function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATEENTITYREFERENCE function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATEPROCESSINGINSTRUCTION function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATETEXTNODE function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DELETEDATA procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- description (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- exceptions (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- FINDENTITY function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- FINDNOTATION function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- FREEDOCFRAG procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- FREEDOCUMENT procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GETATTRIBUTE function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GETATTRIBUTENODE function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GETBUBLICID function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GETCHARSET function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GETCHILDRENBYTAGNAME function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GETDATA function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GETDOCTYPE function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GETDOCUMENTELEMENT function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GETELEMENTSBYTAGNAME function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GETENTITIES function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GETEXPANDEDNAME function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GETIMPLEMENTATION function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GETLENGTH function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [subentry #3] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GETNAME function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GETNAMEDITEM function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GETNAMESPACE function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GETNAMESPACE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GETNEXTSIBLING function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GETNODENAME function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GETNODETYPE function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GETNODEVALUE function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GETNOTATIONNAME function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GETNOTATIONS function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GETOWNERDOCUMENT function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GETOWNERELEMENT function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GETPARENTNODE function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GETPREFIX function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GETPREVIOUSSIBLING function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GETPUBLICID function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GETQUALIFIEDNAME function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GETSCHEMANODE function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GETSPECIFIED function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GETSTANDALONE function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GETSYSTEMID function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [subentry #3] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GETTAGNAME function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GETTARGET function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GETVALUE function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GETVERSION function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GETXMLTYPE function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- HASATTRIBUTE function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- HASATTRIBUTES function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- HASCHILDNODES function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- HASFEATURE function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- IMPORTNODE function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- INSERTBEFORE function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- INSERTDATA procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- ISNULL function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- MAKEATTR function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- MAKECDATASECTION function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- MAKECHARACTERDATA function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- MAKECOMMENT function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- MAKEDOCUMENT function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- MAKEDOCUMENTFRAGMENT function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- MAKEDOCUMENTTYPE function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- MAKEELEMENT function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- MAKEENTITY function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- MAKEENTITYREFERENCE function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- MAKENODE function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [subentry #3] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [subentry #4] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- MAKENOTATION function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- MAKEPROCESSINGINSTRUCTION function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- MAKETEXT function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- methods
-
- APPENDCHILD function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- APPENDDATA procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CLONENODE function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATEATTRIBUTE function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATECDATASECTION function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATECOMMENT function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATEDOCUMENT function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATEDOCUMENTFRAGMENT function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATEELEMENT function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATEENTITYREFERENCE function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATEPROCESSINGINSTRUCTION function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATETEXTNODE function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DELETEDATA procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DOMAttr interface (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DOMCDataSection interface (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DOMCharacterData interface (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DOMComment interface (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DOMDocument interface (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DOMDocumentFragment interface (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DOMDocumentFragment interface (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DOMDocumentType interface (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DOMDocumentType interface (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DOMElement interface (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DOMElement interface (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DOMEntity interface (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DOMEntity interface (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DOMEntityReference interface (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DOMImplementation interface (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DOMNamedNodeMap interface (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DOMNode (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DOMNode (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DOMNode (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DOMNode (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DOMNode (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DOMNode (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DOMNode (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DOMNode (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DOMNode (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DOMNodeList interface (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DOMNotation interface (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DOMProcessingInstruction interface (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DOMText interface (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DOMText interface (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- FINDENTITY function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- FINDNOTATION function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- FREEDOCFRAG procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- FREEDOCUMENT procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- FREENODE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GETATTRIBUTE function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GETATTRIBUTENODE function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GETATTRIBUTES function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GETBUBLICID function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GETCHARSET function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GETCHILDNODES function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GETCHILDRENBYTAGNAME function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GETDATA function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GETDOCTYPE function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GETDOCUMENTELEMENT function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GETELEMENTSBYTAGNAME function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GETELEMENTSBYTAGNAME function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GETENTITIES function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GETEXPANDEDNAME function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GETEXPANDEDNAME function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GETEXPANDEDNAME procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GETFIRSTCHILD function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GETIMPLEMENTATION function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GETLASTCHILD function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GETLENGTH function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GETLENGTH function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GETLENGTH function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GETLOCALNAME procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GETNAME function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GETNAME function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GETNAMEDITEM function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GETNAMESPACE function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GETNAMESPACE function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GETNAMESPACE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GETNEXTSIBLING function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GETNODENAME function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GETNODETYPE function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GETNODEVALUE function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GETNOTATIONNAME function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GETNOTATIONS function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GETOWNERDOCUMENT function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GETOWNERELEMENT function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GETPARENTNODE function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GETPREFIX function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GETPREVIOUSSIBLING function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GETPUBLICID function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GETPUBLICID function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GETQUALIFIEDNAME function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GETQUALIFIEDNAME function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GETSCHEMANODE function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GETSPECIFIED function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GETSTANDALONE function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GETSYSTEMID function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GETSYSTEMID function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GETSYSTEMID function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GETTAGNAME function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GETTARGET function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GETVALUE function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GETVERSION function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GETXMLTYPE function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- HASATTRIBUTE function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- HASATTRIBUTES function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- HASCHILDNODES function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- HASFEATURE function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- IMPORTNODE function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- INSERTBEFORE function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- INSERTDATA procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- ISNULL function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- MAKEATTR function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- MAKECDATASECTION function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- MAKECHARACTERDATA function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- MAKECOMMENT function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- MAKEDOCUMENT function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- MAKEDOCUMENTFRAGMENT function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- MAKEDOCUMENTTYPE function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- MAKEELEMENT function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- MAKEENTITY function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- MAKEENTITYREFERENCE function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- MAKENODE function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- MAKENODE function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- MAKENODE function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- MAKENODE function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- MAKENOTATION function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- MAKEPROCESSINGINSTRUCTION function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- MAKETEXT function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- NEWDOMDOCUMENT function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- NORMALIZE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- REMOVEATTRIBUTE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- REMOVEATTRIBUTENODE function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- REMOVENAMEDITEM function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- REPLACECHILD function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- REPLACEDATA procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- RESOLVENAMESPACEPREFIX function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SETATTRIBUTE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SETATTRIBUTENODE function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SETCHARSET procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SETDATA procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SETNAMEDITEM function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SETNODEVALUE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SETPREFIX procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SETSTANDALONE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SETVALUE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SETVERSION procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SPLITTEXT function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SUBSTRINGDATA function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- WRITETOBUFFER procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- WRITETOCLOB procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- WRITETOFILE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- NEWDOMDOCUMENT function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- NORMALIZE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- REMOVEATTRIBUTE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- REMOVEATTRIBUTENODE function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- REMOVENAMEDITEM function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- REPLACECHILD function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- REPLACEDATA procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- RESOLVENAMESPACEPREFIX function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SETATTRIBUTE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SETATTRIBUTENODE function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SETCHARSET procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SETDATA procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SETNAMEDITEM function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SETNODEVALUE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SETPREFIX procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SETSTANDALONE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SETVALUE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SETVERSION procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SPLITTEXT function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SUBSTRINGDATA function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- types (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- WRITETOBUFFER procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- WRITETOCLOB procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- WRITETOFILE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_XMLDOM PL/SQL package (XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
- examples (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- reference documentation (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- DBMS_XMLGEN package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
- CLOSECONTEXT procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CONVERT function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GETNUMROWSPROCESSED function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GETXML function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GETXMLTYPE function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- NEWCONTEXT function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- RESTARTQUERY procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SETCONVERTSPECIALCHARS procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SETMAXROWS procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SETROWSETTAG procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SETROWTAG procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SETSKIPROWS procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- USEITEMTAGSFORCOLL procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- USENULLATTRIBUTEINDICATOR procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_XMLGEN PL/SQL package (XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
- reference documentation (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- DBMS_XMLINDEX package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_XMLINDEX PL/SQL package
-
- reference documentation (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- DBMS_XMLPARSER package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
- FREEPARSER procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GETDOCTYPE function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GETDOCUMENT function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GETRELEASEVERSION function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GETVALIDATIONMODE function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- NEWPARSER function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- PARSE function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- PARSE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- PARSEBUFFER procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- PARSECLOB procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- PARSEDTD procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- PARSEDTDBUFFER procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- PARSEDTDCLOB procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SETBASEDIR procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SETDOCTYPE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SETERRORLOG procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SETPRESERVEWHITESPACE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SETVALIDATIONMODE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SHOWWARNINGS procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_XMLPARSER PL/SQL package (XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
- reference documentation (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- DBMS_XMLQuery
-
- clearBindValues() (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- getXMLClob (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- DBMS_XMLQUERY package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
- CLOSECONTEXT procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- constants (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GETDTD function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GETDTD procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GETEXCEPTIONCONTENT procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GETNUMROWSPROCESSED procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GETVERSION procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GETXML function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GETXML procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- NEWCONTEXT function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- PROPAGATEORIGINALEXCEPTION procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- REMOVEXSLTPARAM procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SETBINDVALUE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SETCOLLIDATTRNAME procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SETDATAHEADER procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SETDATEFORMAT procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SETENCODINGTAG procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SETERRORTAG procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SETMAXROWS procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SETMETAHEADER procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SETRAISEEXCEPTION procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SETRAISENOROWSEXCEPTION procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SETROWIDATTRNAME procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SETROWIDATTRVALUE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SETROWSETTAG procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SETROWTAG procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SETSKIPROWS procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SETSQLTOXMLNAMEESCAPING procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SETSTYLESHEETHEADER procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SETTAGCASE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SETXSLT procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SETXSLTPARAM procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- types (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- USENULLATTRIBUTEINDICATOR procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- USETYPEFORCOLLELEMTAG procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_XMLQUERY PL/SQL package (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- DBMS_XMLQuery() (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- DBMS_XMLSave (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
-
- deleteXML (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- getCtx (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- insertXML (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- updateXML (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- DBMS_XMLSAVE package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
- CLEARKEYCOLUMNLIST procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CLEARUPDATECOLUMNLIST procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CLOSECONTEXT procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- constants (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DELETEXML function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GETEXCEPTIONCONTENT procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- INSERTXML function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- NEWCONTEXT function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- PROPAGATEORIGINALEXCEPTION procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- REMOVEXSLTPARAM procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SETBATCHSIZE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SETCOMMITBATCH procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SETDATEFORMAT procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SETIGNORECASE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SETKEYCOLUMN procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SETPRESERVEWHITESPACE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SETROWTAG procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SETSQLTOXMLNAMEESCAPING procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SETUPDATECOLUMN procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SETXSLT procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SETXSLTPARAM procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- UPDATEXML function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_XMLSAVE PL/SQL package (XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
- reference documentation (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- DBMS_XMLSave() (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- DBMS_XMLSCHEMA Constants (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_XMLSCHEMA Operational Notes (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_XMLSCHEMA package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_XMLSCHEMA PL/SQL package (XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
- copyEvolve procedure (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- deleteSchema procedure (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- generateSchema and generateSchemas functions (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- inPlaceEvolve procedure (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- mapping types (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- purgeSchema procedure (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- reference documentation (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- registerSchema procedure (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
- enableHierarchy parameter (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- DBMS_XMLSCHEMA Views (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_XMLSTORE package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
- CLEARKEYCOLUMNLIST procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CLEARUPDATECOLUMNLIST procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CLOSECONTEXT procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DELETEXML function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- INSERTXML function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- NEWCONTEXT function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SETKEYCOLUMN procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SETROWTAG procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SETUPDATECOLUMN procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- types (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- UPDATEXML function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_XMLSTORE PL/SQL package (XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
- reference documentation (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- DBMS_XMLTRANSLATIONS package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_XPLAN package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
- displaying plan table output (Performance Tuning Guide)
- DBMS_XPLAN PL/SQL package (OLAP User's Guide)
- DBMS_XSLPROCESSOR Package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_XSLPROCESSOR package
-
- CLOB2FILE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- FREEPROCESSOR procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- FREESTYLESHEET procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- NEWPROCESSOR function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- NEWSTYLESHEET function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- PROCESSXSL function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- READ2CLOB function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- REMOVEPARAM procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- RESETPARAMS procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SELECTNODES function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SELECTSINGLENODE function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SETERRORLOG procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SETPARAM procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SHOWWARNINGS procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- TRANSFORMNODE function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- VALUEOF procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_XSLPROCESSOR PL/SQL package (XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
- reference documentation (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- DBMSIOTC.SQL script (Reference)
- DbmsJava class seeDBMS_JAVA package
- DbmsObjectInputStream class (Java Developer's Guide)
- DbmsObjectOutputStream class (Java Developer's Guide)
- DBMSOUTPUT_LINESARRAY Object Type (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMSPOOL.SQL script (Reference)
- DBMSSTDX.SQL script (SQL Language Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- [entry #4] (SQL Language Reference)
-
- and triggers (SQL Language Reference)
- dbmsupbin.sql script
-
- interpreted compilation (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- dbmsupgnv.sql script
-
- for PL/SQL native compilation (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- DBNAME
-
- changing (Utilities)
- DBNEWID utility (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Utilities)
-
- changing a database ID (Utilities)
- changing a database name (Utilities)
- effect on global database names (Utilities)
- restrictions (Utilities)
- syntax (Utilities)
- troubleshooting a database ID change (Utilities)
- DBNotificationPort (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- DBNotifications (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- DBPASSWORD column (Enterprise User Security Administrator's Guide)
- DBPASSWORD_EXIST_FLAG column (Enterprise User Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Enterprise User Security Administrator's Guide)
- DBPITR. See database point-in-time recovery
- DBPROP_AUTH_PASSWORD property
-
- setting (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- DBPROP_AUTH_USERNAME property
-
- enabling operating system authentication (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- setting (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- DBPROP_INIT_DATASOURCE property
-
- setting (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- DBPROP_INIT_PROMPT property
-
- setting (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- DBPROP_INIT_PROVIDERSTRING property
-
- enabling operating system authentication (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- setting (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- DBPROP_IROWSETUPDATE property
-
- setting of other properties (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- DBPROP_SERVERDATAONINSERT property (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- DBPROPSET_DBINIT property set
-
- setting properties (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- DbProviderFactories class (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- DBRM processes (Concepts)
- DBSEG60064|Using Default Auditing for Security-Relevant SQL Statements and Privileges (Security Guide)
- DBSNMP process (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- DBSNMP user
-
- about (2 Day + Security Guide)
- passwords, default (2 Day + Security Guide)
- DBSNMP user account
-
- password usage (Security Guide)
- DBSNMP_START command (Net Services Reference)
- DBSNMP_STATUS command (Net Services Reference)
- DBSNMP_STOP command (Net Services Reference)
- DBTIMEZONE function (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- DBTIMEZONE SQL function (Globalization Support Guide)
- DbType
-
- inference (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- DBUA. See Database Upgrade Assistant
- DBUri
-
- definition (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- generating using sys_DburiGen SQL function (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- identifying a row (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- identifying a target column (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- retrieving column text value (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- retrieving the whole table (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- security (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- servlet, installation (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- DBUriServlet
-
- definition (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- DBURIType
-
- definition (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- DBUriType (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBURITYPE function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBUriType subtype (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
- CREATEURI function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBURITYPE function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GETBLOB function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GETCLOB function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GETCONTENTTYPE function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GETEXTERNALURL function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GETURL function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GETXML function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- methods (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBURITYPE, definition, Glossary (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- DBUri-refs (XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
- HTTP access (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- DBVERIFY utility (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
-
- output (Utilities)
- restrictions (Utilities)
- syntax (Utilities)
- validating a segment (Utilities)
- validating disk blocks (Utilities)
- DBWAITTIME option
-
- name change, Preface (OLAP DML Reference)
- See AWWAITTIME option
- DBWn background process (Concepts)
- DBWR_IO_SLAVES initialization parameter (Reference)
- DCMIM XML schema (Multimedia Reference)
- DCMRLE image compression format (Multimedia Reference)
- DCOM. See Distributed Component Object Model (DCOM)
- dcomcnfg.exe tool (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- DD basic tables, known restrictions (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- dd command
-
- backing up voting disks (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- restoring voting disks (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- DD datetime format element (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- dd utility (2 Day + Data Warehousing Guide)
- DDAY datetime format element (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- DDD datetime format element (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- DDF
-
- DB2 (Distributed Data Facility) (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- DDL
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
-
- for LOBs (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- generating (Application Express User's Guide)
- See data definition language
- statement (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- DDL (Data Definition Language) (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- DDL (data definition language) operations
-
- requirements and restrictions (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- DDL handlers (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #3] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
-
- creating (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- monitoring (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- removing (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- setting (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- DDL LCRs
-
- definition (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- DDL lock timeout (Administrator's Guide)
- DDL replication
-
- best practices (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- DDL statement (Gateway for Sybase User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for Teradata User's Guide)
- DDL statements
- [entry #2] (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
-
- executing (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- replication (Advanced Replication)
-
- troubleshooting problems (Advanced Replication)
- supported by SQL Apply (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- DDL transactions
-
- applied on a logical standby database (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- applying to a logical standby database (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- DDL_LOCK_TIMEOUT initialization parameter (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
- DDL. See data definition language
- DDL. See data definition language (DDL)
- DDOF function (OLAP DML Reference)
- dead connection timeout. See terminated connection timeout (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- deadlock (Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
-
- breaking (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- definition of (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- effect on transactions (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- how broken (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- DEADLOCK statement (OLAP DML Reference)
- DeadlockError exception (Java Developer's Guide)
- deadlocks
-
- avoiding (Concepts)
- defined (Concepts)
- detection of (Concepts)
- distributed transactions and (Concepts)
- how handled by PL/SQL (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- resolving
-
- in synchronous propagation (Advanced Replication)
- undetected (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- deafault service
-
- URLs, examples (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- dealloc() (XML C++ API Reference)
- DEALLOCATE DESCRIPTOR statement (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- DEALLOCATE UNUSED clause (Administrator's Guide)
-
- of ALTER CLUSTER (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- of ALTER INDEX (SQL Language Reference)
- of ALTER TABLE (SQL Language Reference)
- deallocate_unused_clause (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- deallocating extents (Concepts)
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- deallocating unused space (Administrator's Guide)
-
- DBMS_SPACE package (Administrator's Guide)
- DEALLOCATE UNUSED clause (Administrator's Guide)
- DEAUTHORIZE_DAD Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- debug
-
- compiler option (Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- gateway (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- library (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- stored procedures (Java Developer's Guide)
- DEBUG ANY PROCEDURE system privilege (SQL Language Reference)
- DEBUG clause
-
- of ALTER FUNCTION (SQL Language Reference)
- of ALTER PACKAGE (SQL Language Reference)
- of ALTER PROCEDURE (SQL Language Reference)
- of ALTER TRIGGER (SQL Language Reference)
- of ALTER TYPE (SQL Language Reference)
- Debug Mode (Application Express User's Guide)
- Debug mode (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- DEBUG object privilege
-
- on a function, procedure, or package (SQL Language Reference)
- on a table (SQL Language Reference)
- on a view (SQL Language Reference)
- on an object type (SQL Language Reference)
- debug option (customizer harness) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- debug option for compile (in server) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- debug tracing (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Extensions for .NET Developer's Guide)
-
- registry settings (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- DEBUG_EXPTOC package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DEBUG_EXTPROC, Using (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- DEBUG_ON procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- debugger programs (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- debugging (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Application Express User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Extensions for .NET Developer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Extensions for .NET Developer's Guide)
- [entry #5] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #6] (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
-
- AuditorInstaller command-line examples (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- AuditorInstaller customizer (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- AuditorInstaller options (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- AuditorInstaller runtime output (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- C code in DLLs (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- common errors (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- CRS, CSS, and EVM modules (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- debug mode (Application Express User's Guide)
- debug option for compile (in server) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- debug option, customizer harness (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- error codes (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- granting system privileges for (SQL Language Reference)
- in JDeveloper (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- invoking AuditorInstaller (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- isolating a problem (Application Express User's Guide)
- Java applications (Java Developer's Guide)
- line-mapping, SQLJ source to class (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- line-mapping, SQLJ source to class for jdb (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- mappings (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- models (OLAP DML Reference)
- permissions (Java Developer's Guide)
- PL/SQL (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- programs (OLAP DML Reference)
- SQL queries (Application Express User's Guide)
- SQL tracing (Application Express User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- starting point (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- stored procedure (Extensions for .NET Developer's Guide)
- subprograms (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- triggers (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- viewing reports (Application Express User's Guide)
- XML schema registration (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- your application (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- Debugging attribute (Application Express User's Guide)
- debugging designs (Performance Tuning Guide)
- Debugging External Procedures (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- debugging external subprograms (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- debugging JDBC programs (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- debugging PL/SQL function or procedure (SQL Developer User's Guide)
-
- dialog box (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- remote debugging (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- debugging PL/SQL Server Pages (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- debugging tool
-
- PGATRAC function (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- debugging_level parameter
-
- supplying to crsctl commands (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- DEC
-
- NUMBER subtype (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- DECIMAL
-
- NUMBER subtype (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- Oracle external datatype (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- decimal characters
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
-
- specifying (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- DECIMAL data type (Gateway for Informix User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for SQL Server User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for Sybase User's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Gateway for Teradata User's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- decimal data types, comparing (OLAP DML Reference)
- decimal data, packed (Gateway for IMS User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for VSAM User's Guide)
- DECIMAL datatype (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Utilities)
-
- EXTERNAL format
-
- SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- decimal marker (displayed) (OLAP DML Reference)
- decimal numbers (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- decimal places (displayed) (OLAP DML Reference)
- decimal values (OLAP DML Reference)
-
- decimal marker for output (OLAP DML Reference)
- truncating to an integer (OLAP DML Reference)
- DECIMALCHAR option (OLAP DML Reference)
- DECIMALOVERFLOW option (OLAP DML Reference)
- DECIMALS option (OLAP DML Reference)
- decision points in you application (Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
- decision support systems (DSS)
-
- bitmap indexes (Data Warehousing Guide)
- disk striping (Data Warehousing Guide)
- materialized views (Concepts)
- parallel DML (Data Warehousing Guide)
- parallel SQL (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- performance (Data Warehousing Guide)
- scoring tables (Data Warehousing Guide)
- Decision Tree (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #6] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #7] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #8] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #9] (Data Mining Concepts)
- [entry #10] (Data Mining Concepts)
- [entry #11] (Data Mining Concepts)
-
- algorithm (Data Mining Concepts)
- PMML (Data Mining Concepts)
- XML (Data Mining Concepts)
- Decision Tree supervised classification (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- declarartion
-
- host array (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- host variable (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- declaration
-
- cursor (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- host variable (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- indicator variable (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- of cursors (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- of host arrays (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- of host variables (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- of indicator variables (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- of ORACA (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- of pointer variables (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- of SQLCA (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- of SQLDA (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- SQLCA (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- declarations
-
- collection (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- connection context declarations (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- constants (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- cursor variables (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- exceptions in PL/SQL (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- explicit cursor (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- IMPLEMENTS clause (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- iterator declarations (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- object in a PL/SQL block (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- overview (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- PL/SQL functions (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- PL/SQL procedures (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- PL/SQL subprograms (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- PL/SQL variables (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- restrictions (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- subprograms (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- using %ROWTYPE (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- using %TYPE attribute (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- using DEFAULT (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- using NOT NULL constraint (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- variables (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- WITH clause (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- declarative part
-
- of PL/SQL block (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- declarative referential integrity constraints (Administrator's Guide)
- declarative rule-based transformations
-
- definition (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- declarative SQL statement (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
-
- using in transactions (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- Declarative SQL statements (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- declarative SQL statements
-
- in transactions (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- using in transactions (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- declarative statements
-
- also known as directives (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- DECLARE
-
- start of declarative part of a PL/SQL block (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- syntax (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- DECLARE command
-
- disabling (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- PL/SQL (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- DECLARE CURSOR command
-
- See SQL command in OLAP DML
- declare CURSOR command (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
-
- examples (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- DECLARE CURSOR directive (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
-
- example (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- examples (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- DECLARE CURSOR directives
-
- examples (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- DECLARE CURSOR statement (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
-
- AT clause (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- AT clause in (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- in dynamic SQL method 4 (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- use in Dynamic SQL Method 4 (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- use in dynamic SQL method 4 (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- where to place (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- declare CURSOR statement
- DECLARE DATABASE directive (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- declare DATABASE directive (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- DECLARE DATABASE SQL directives (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- Declare Section
-
- allowable statements (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- example (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- form (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- purpose (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- required when MODE=ANSI (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- requirements (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- rules for defining (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- using more than one (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- when MODE=ANSI (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- when required (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- declare section
- [entry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
-
- defining usernames and passwords (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- example (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- PL/I datatypes allowed in (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- purpose of (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- rules for defining (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- statements allowed in (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- using more than one (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- DECLARE statement (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
-
- example (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- example of (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- purpose of (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- required placement of (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- scope of (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- use in dynamic SQL method 3 (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- using in dynamic SQL method 3 (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- where to place (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- declare STATEMENT command (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
-
- example (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- scope of (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- DECLARE STATEMENT directive (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
-
- examples (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- scope of (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- DECLARE STATEMENT statement
-
- AT clause (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- AT clause in (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- example (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- example of using (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- using in dynamic SQL (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- using with dynamic SQL (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- when required (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- DECLARE statements
-
- examples (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- DECLARE TABLE command (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
-
- example (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- DECLARE TABLE directive
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
-
- examples (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- using with the SQLCHECK option (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- DECLARE TABLE directives
-
- using with the SQLCHECK option (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- DECLARE TABLE SQL directive (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- DECLARE TABLE statement
-
- need for with AT clause (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- using with the SQL CHECK option (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- declare TABLE statement
-
- need for with AT clause (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- DECLARE TYPE directive (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- DECLARE_REWRITE_EQUIVALENCE Procedures (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DECLARE_SECTION precompiler option (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- declaring
-
- cursor variables (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- host tables (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- indicator variables (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- ORACA (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- SQLCA (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- SQLDA (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- VARCHAR variables (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- declaring a cursor (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- DECODE function (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
-
- treatment of nulls (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- decoding binary XML (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- decoding functions (SQL Language Reference)
- DECOMPOSE function (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- decompression
-
- of GeoRaster objects (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- performance considerations (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- decompression schemes (Multimedia User's Guide)
- DECRYPT (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- decryption
-
- data in a table column (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- dedicated connection (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- dedicated server
-
- configuring (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- dedicated server mode (2 Day DBA)
- dedicated server process (2 Day DBA)
- dedicated server processes (Administrator's Guide)
-
- trace files for (Administrator's Guide)
- dedicated servers (Concepts)
- [entry #2] (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
-
- bequeathed sessions (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- compared with shared servers (Concepts)
- connect descriptor configuration (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- defined (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- described (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- difference with shared server (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- routing connections (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- DEDUPLICATE (Concepts)
- [entry #2] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- deep linking (Application Express User's Guide)
- DEF_SQLCODE precompiler option (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- default
-
- error handling (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- outfile (OLAP DML Reference)
- relations (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- setting of LITDELIM option (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- setting of ORACA option (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- default (connection) context (SQLJ) (JPublisher User's Guide)
- default access driver
-
- for external tables (Concepts)
- default cache (Performance Tuning Guide)
- DEFAULT clause (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
- of ALTER TABLE (SQL Language Reference)
- of CREATE TABLE (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- default column values
-
- setting (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- when to use (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- default connection (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
-
- setting with Oracle.connect() (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- setting with setDefaultContext() (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- default connections (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- DEFAULT COST clause
-
- of ASSOCIATE STATISTICS (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- default customizer option (sqlj) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- default database (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- default database service (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- [entry #2] (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- [entry #3] (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- default DICOM metadata
-
- XML schema (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- default file mode creation mask
-
- setting (Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #3] (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #4] (Installation Guide for Linux)
- default file name extensions
- [entry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
-
- OTT (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- default index
-
- example (Text Reference)
- default index, suppressing (SQL Language Reference)
- default instance (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- DEFAULT keyword
-
- for assignments (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- list partitioning (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- default mapping
-
- improving (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- default name mapping
-
- OTT (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- default naming mode (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- default object privileges (Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide)
- DEFAULT option
-
- FUNCTION (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- RESTRICT_REFERENCES (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- default output device in server (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- Default Page Template attribute (Application Express User's Guide)
- default parameter values (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- default parameters
-
- changing (Text Reference)
- CONTEXT index (Text Reference)
- CTXCAT index (Text Reference)
- CTXRULE index (Text Reference)
- viewing (Text Reference)
- default partitions (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- default passwords (2 Day + Security Guide)
- [entry #2] (Security Guide)
- [entry #3] (Security Guide)
- [entry #4] (Security Guide)
- [entry #5] (Security Guide)
-
- change_on_install or manager passwords (Security Guide)
- changing, importance of (Security Guide)
- finding (Security Guide)
- importance of changing (2 Day + Security Guide)
- default permissions (2 Day + Security Guide)
- [entry #2] (Security Guide)
- default port (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- DEFAULT profile
-
- assigning to users (SQL Language Reference)
- default profiles
-
- about (Security Guide)
- default properties files (translator) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- DEFAULT ROLE clause
-
- of ALTER USER (SQL Language Reference)
- default roles
-
- setting for user (Security Guide)
- specifying (Security Guide)
- default row label (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- default schema
-
- as determined by SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- default security settings
-
- about (2 Day + Security Guide)
- enabling (2 Day + Security Guide)
- DEFAULT SELECTIVITY clause
-
- of ASSOCIATE STATISTICS (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- default semantics-checker (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- default service
-
- syntax (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- using (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- Default SQL to XML Mapping (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- default status list
-
- determining if in effect (OLAP DML Reference)
- DEFAULT storage clause
-
- of ALTER TABLESPACE (SQL Language Reference)
- of CREATE TABLESPACE (SQL Language Reference)
- default subpartition (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- default tables
-
- creating during XML schema registration (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- default tablespace
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
-
- definition (Concepts)
- DEFAULT TABLESPACE clause
-
- of ALTER DATABASE (SQL Language Reference)
- of ALTER USER (SQL Language Reference)
- of ALTER USER. See CREATE USER
- of CREATE USER (SQL Language Reference)
- default tablespaces
-
- specifying for a user (SQL Language Reference)
- default temporary tablespace
-
- renaming (Administrator's Guide)
- DEFAULT TEMPORARY TABLESPACE clause
-
- of ALTER DATABASE (SQL Language Reference)
- of CREATE DATABASE (SQL Language Reference)
- default temporary tablespaces
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
-
- specifying (Concepts)
- specifying at database creation (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- specifying bigfile tempfile (Administrator's Guide)
- DEFAULT thesaurus (Text Reference)
- [entry #2] (Text Reference)
- default thesaurus (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- default type map (JPublisher User's Guide)
- default URL prefix option (sqlj) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- default user
-
- accounts (Security Guide)
- default users
-
- accounts (Security Guide)
- Enterprise Manager accounts (Security Guide)
- passwords (Security Guide)
- default value
-
- effect on %ROWTYPE declaration (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- effect on %TYPE declaration (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- default values
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- [entry #3] (Concepts)
-
- changing during configuration (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- collections (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- constraints effect on (Concepts)
- object types (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- of subprogram parameters (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
-
- remote subprograms and (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- default, array handling (Gateway for Adabas User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for IMS User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for VSAM User's Guide)
- default, setting of LITDELIM option (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- DEFAULT_ADMIN_CONTEXT networking parameter (Net Services Reference)
- DEFAULT_CHARSET character set value (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- DEFAULT_CONSUMER_GROUP
-
- for Database Resource Manager (Administrator's Guide)
- DEFAULT_CONSUMER_GROUP for Database Resource Manager (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Administrator's Guide)
- default_cost_clause (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- DEFAULT_CTXCAT_INDEX_SET system parameter (Text Reference)
- DEFAULT_CTXCAT_LEXER system parameter (Text Reference)
- DEFAULT_CTXCAT_STOPLIST system parameter (Text Reference)
- DEFAULT_CTXCAT_STORAGE system parameter (Text Reference)
- DEFAULT_CTXCAT_WORDLIST system parameter (Text Reference)
- DEFAULT_CTXRULE_LEXER system parameter (Text Reference)
- DEFAULT_CTXRULE_STOPLIST system parameter (Text Reference)
- DEFAULT_CTXRULE_WORDLIST system parameter (Text Reference)
- [entry #2] (Text Reference)
- DEFAULT_DATASTORE system parameter (Text Reference)
- DEFAULT_DATASTORE system-defined indexing preference (Text Reference)
- DEFAULT_FILTER_BINARY system parameter (Text Reference)
- DEFAULT_FILTER_FILE system parameter (Text Reference)
- DEFAULT_FILTER_TEXT system parameter (Text Reference)
- DEFAULT_INDEX_MEMORY (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- DEFAULT_INDEX_MEMORY system parameter (Text Reference)
- DEFAULT_INDEX_PARAMETERS procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
- DEFAULT_LEXER system parameter (Text Reference)
- DEFAULT_LEXER system-defined indexing preference (Text Reference)
- DEFAULT_RULE_STORAGE system parameter (Text Reference)
- DEFAULT_SDU_SIZE networking parameter (Net Services Reference)
- DEFAULT_SECTION_HTML system parameter (Text Reference)
- DEFAULT_SECTION_TEXT system parameter (Text Reference)
- default_selectivity_clause (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- DEFAULT_SERVICE_listener_name control parameter (Net Services Reference)
- default_settings_clauses (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- DEFAULT_STOPLIST system parameter (Text Reference)
- DEFAULT_STOPLIST system-defined preference (Text Reference)
- DEFAULT_STORAGE system parameter (Text Reference)
- DEFAULT_STORAGE system-defined preference (Text Reference)
- default_tablespace (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- default_temp_tablespace (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- DEFAULT_WORDLIST system parameter (Text Reference)
- DEFAULT_WORDLIST system-defined preference (Text Reference)
- DEFAULT_XPINDEX_PARAMETERS procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
- DEFAULTAWSEGSIZE option (OLAP DML Reference)
- defaultConnection() method (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- DefaultContext class
-
- close() method parameters (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- constructors (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- key methods (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- use for single or multiple connections (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- DEFAULTDBFSIZE option
-
- name change, Preface (OLAP DML Reference)
- See DEFAULTAWSEGSIZE option
- DEFAULTIF parameter
-
- SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- defaults
-
- index (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- tablespace quota (Security Guide)
- user tablespaces (Security Guide)
- defaults for indexing
-
- viewing (Text Reference)
- defaultTable attribute (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- defaulttypemap option (JPublisher User's Guide)
- DEFCALL view (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
- DEFCALLDEST view (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
- DEFDEFAULTDEST view (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
- adding destinations to (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- removing destinations from (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- DEFER attribute
-
- LOG_ARCHIVE_DEST_STATE_n initialization parameter (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- DEFERRABLE clause
-
- of constraints (SQL Language Reference)
- deferrable constraints (SQL Language Reference)
- DEFERRCOUNT view (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
- DEFERRED clause
-
- of SET CONSTRAINTS (SQL Language Reference)
- deferred constraints
-
- deferrable or nondeferrable (Concepts)
- initially deferred or immediate (Concepts)
- deferred transaction queues (Advanced Replication)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Replication)
-
- deferred calls
-
- determining value of (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- diagnosing problems with (Advanced Replication)
- managing (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- purging propagated transactions (Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- pushing (Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- scheduled purge (Advanced Replication)
- scheduled push (Advanced Replication)
- deferred transactions
-
- data dictionary views (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- DEFDEFAULTDEST view
-
- adding destination to (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- removing destinations from (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- deferred remote procedure calls (RPCs)
-
- argument types (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- argument values (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- arguments to (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- building (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- executing immediately (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- definition (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [subentry #2] (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- DEFSCHEDULE view
-
- clearing statistics (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- removing destinations from (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- deleting from queue (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- monitoring (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
- purge job (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- purge job (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- push jobs (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- push jobs (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- reexecuting (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- scheduling execution (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- starting (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- deferring constraint checks (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- DEFERROR view (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #3] (Reference)
-
- deleting transactions from (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- DeferUpdChk (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
-
- connection string attribute to indicate whether to defer updateability (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- DEFINE
-
- limitations of use with wrap utility (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- define
-
- arrays (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- return and error codes (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- DEFINE AGGMAP command (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- DEFINE CALL (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- DEFINE CALL parameters (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- DEFINE CALL statement ("command") (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- DEFINE command (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
- and system editor (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- and UNDEFINE command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- CHAR values (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- events (OLAP DML Reference)
- SET DEFINE ON|OFF (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- substitution variables (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- triggers (OLAP DML Reference)
- DEFINE COMPOSITE command (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- DEFINE DATA (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- DEFINE DATA statement ("command") (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #6] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #7] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #8] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #9] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- DEFINE DIMENSION ALIASOF command (OLAP DML Reference)
- DEFINE DIMENSION command (OLAP DML Reference)
- DEFINE FORMULA command (OLAP DML Reference)
- define functions (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- define handle
-
- attributes (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- description (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- DEFINE MODEL command (OLAP DML Reference)
- define operation (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
- example (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- LOBs (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- named datatypes (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- piecewise fetch (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- PL/SQL output variables (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- REFs (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- steps used (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- DEFINE option (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- DEFINE PARTITION TEMPLATE command (OLAP DML Reference)
- define phase of query processing (Concepts)
- DEFINE precompiler option (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
-
- used in application migration (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- DEFINE PROGRAM command (OLAP DML Reference)
- DEFINE RELATION command (OLAP DML Reference)
- DEFINE SURROGATE command (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- DEFINE TRANSACTION parameters (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- DEFINE TRANSACTION statement (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- DEFINE TRANSACTION statement ("command") (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- DEFINE VALUESET command (OLAP DML Reference)
- DEFINE variable
-
- See substitution variable
- DEFINE VARIABLE command (OLAP DML Reference)
- define variables (Concepts)
- DEFINE WORKSHEET command (OLAP DML Reference)
- DEFINE_ARRAY procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DEFINE_COLUMN procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DEFINE_COLUMN_GROUP procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- DEFINE_COLUMN_LONG procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DEFINE_GEOM_SEGMENT procedure (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- DEFINE_PRIORITY_GROUP procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- DEFINE_SITE_PRIORITY procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- defineColumnType() method (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- DEFINEMERGE operator (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- definemerge operator (Text Reference)
- definer rights (Java Developer's Guide)
- definer's rights
-
- about (Security Guide)
- privileges on subprograms (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- procedure privileges, used with (Security Guide)
- procedure security (Security Guide)
- secure application roles (Security Guide)
- definer's-rights subprograms (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- definer-rights functions (SQL Language Reference)
- DEFINESCORE operator (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- definescore operator (Text Reference)
- defining
-
- aggmap objects (OLAP DML Reference)
- alias dimensions (OLAP DML Reference)
- analytic workspace objects (OLAP DML Reference)
- chain steps (Administrator's Guide)
- dimension alias (OLAP DML Reference)
- dimensions (OLAP DML Reference)
- ETL process for SAP objects (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- formulas (OLAP DML Reference)
- geometric segment (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- IMS/DB DBCTL data sources (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- IMS/DB DBDC data sources (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- mappings (2 Day + Data Warehousing Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- mappings containing SAP objects (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- OCINumber (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- partitions (OLAP DML Reference)
- process flows (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- programs (OLAP DML Reference)
- relations (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- schedules (2 Day + Data Warehousing Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- security roles (Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide)
- surrogates (OLAP DML Reference)
- test data (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- updating source definitions (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- valuesets (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- variables (OLAP DML Reference)
- worksheet objects (OLAP DML Reference)
- defining and generating a TIP (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- defining column types/sizes (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- defining local LUs
-
- on Linux (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- defining multiple buffers (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- defining network interfaces
-
- OIFCFG command-line interface (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- defining parameter sizes (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- defining partner LUs
-
- on Linux (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- defining symbols (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- defining the adjacent node
-
- on Linux (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- defining the link station
-
- on Linux (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- definition (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- definition types
-
- in IBM Communications Server (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- definition versioning (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- definitions
-
- copying (OLAP DML Reference)
- creating (OLAP DML Reference)
- creating object properties (OLAP DML Reference)
- deleting (OLAP DML Reference)
- importing definitions from a database (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- moving within NAME dimension (OLAP DML Reference)
- reimporting database definitions (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- report of (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- testing for (OLAP DML Reference)
- DEFLATE compression (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- DEFLATE image compression format (Multimedia Reference)
- DEFLATE-ADAM7 image compression format (Multimedia Reference)
- DEFLOB view (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
- DEFPROPAGATOR view (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #3] (Reference)
- DEFRAG_INDEX procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
- DEFSCHEDULE view (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
- clearing statistics (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- DEFTRAN view (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
- DEFTRANDEST view (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
- degree
-
- of a node (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- degree of cardinality (Data Warehousing Guide)
- degree of parallelism
- [entry #2] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #3] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #4] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #5] (Data Warehousing Guide)
-
- and adaptive multiuser (Data Warehousing Guide)
- between query operations (Data Warehousing Guide)
- parallel SQL (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- degree of parallelism (DOP) (2 Day + Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #2] (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- deinstall
-
- the Visual Workbench repository (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- deinstall script
-
- Rules Manager and Expression Filter (Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
- deinstallation (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
-
- using Oracle Universal Installer (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- deinstalling Warehouse Builder (Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide)
- DEL
-
- SQL*Plus command (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- DEL command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
- using an asterisk (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- DELAY attribute (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
-
- LOG_ARCHIVE_DEST_n initialization parameter (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- DELAY networking parameter (Net Services Reference)
- DELAY option
-
- of ALTER DATABASE RECOVER MANAGED STANDBY DATABASE
-
- cancelling (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- DELAY_SECONDS parameter (Advanced Replication)
- delaying
-
- application of archived redo log files (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- application of redo data with DelayMins property (Data Guard Broker)
- application of redo log files (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- DelayMins property (Data Guard Broker)
-
- delaying log apply services (Data Guard Broker)
- delays
-
- during dequeuing (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- specifying in JMS (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- DELETE
-
- known restrictions, SQL limitations (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- operation (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- read-only gateway (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- SQL clause (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- statement (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- DELETE ANY CUBE DIMENSION system privilege (SQL Language Reference)
- DELETE ANY MEASURE FOLDER system privilege (SQL Language Reference)
- DELETE ANY TABLE privilege
-
- SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- DELETE ANY TABLE system privilege (SQL Language Reference)
- delete cascaade (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- DELETE CASCADE
-
- effect on loading nonempty tables (Utilities)
- SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- DELETE CASCADE constraint (Concepts)
- DELETE command (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [entry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #5] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #6] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
-
- disabling (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- embedded SQL examples (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- event (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- EXPIRED option (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- OBSOLETE option (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- trigger (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- delete database with DBCA (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- Delete event (OLAP DML Reference)
- DELETE in a result set (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- delete instance (2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- DELETE method
-
- collections (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- delete method (Java Developer's Guide)
- DELETE object privilege
-
- on a table (SQL Language Reference)
- on a view (SQL Language Reference)
- on an OLAP cube dimension (SQL Language Reference)
- on an OLAP measures folder (SQL Language Reference)
- DELETE privilege
-
- for object tables (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- SQL statements permitted (Security Guide)
- SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- DELETE Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DELETE SCRIPT command (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- DELETE SQL statement (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- DELETE statement (Concepts)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for Adabas User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for Adabas User's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Gateway for IMS User's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Gateway for IMS User's Guide)
- [entry #6] (Gateway for Informix User's Guide)
- [entry #7] (Gateway for Informix User's Guide)
- [entry #8] (Gateway for Informix User's Guide)
- [entry #9] (Gateway for ODBC User's Guide)
- [entry #10] (Gateway for SQL Server User's Guide)
- [entry #11] (Gateway for SQL Server User's Guide)
- [entry #12] (Gateway for SQL Server User's Guide)
- [entry #13] (Gateway for Sybase User's Guide)
- [entry #14] (Gateway for Sybase User's Guide)
- [entry #15] (Gateway for Sybase User's Guide)
- [entry #16] (Gateway for Teradata User's Guide)
- [entry #17] (Gateway for Teradata User's Guide)
- [entry #18] (Gateway for Teradata User's Guide)
- [entry #19] (Gateway for VSAM User's Guide)
- [entry #20] (Gateway for VSAM User's Guide)
- [entry #21] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #22] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #23] (SQL Language Reference)
-
- column values and triggers (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- embedded SQL examples (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- error logging (SQL Language Reference)
- example (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- example of (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- foreign key references (Concepts)
- freeing space in data blocks (Concepts)
- links to examples (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- parallel DELETE statement (Data Warehousing Guide)
- purpose of (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- restrictions on use (Gateway for Informix User's Guide)
- restrictions with tables (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- syntax (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- triggers (Concepts)
- triggers for referential integrity (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- triggers on (SQL Language Reference)
- using host arrays in (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- using host tables (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- using SQLERRD(3) filed (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- WHERE clause (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- WHERE clause in (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- DELETE STATISTICS clause
-
- of ANALYZE (SQL Language Reference)
- delete_action.jsp (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- DELETE_ALL_EPSG_RULES procedure (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- DELETE_ALL_ERRORS procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- DELETE_BREAKPOINT function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DELETE_CAPTURE_INFO Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DELETE_CATALOG_ROLE role (SQL Language Reference)
- [entry #2] (Vault Administrator's Guide)
-
- about (Security Guide)
- SYS schema objects, enabling access to (Security Guide)
- DELETE_COLUMN member procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DELETE_COLUMN procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DELETE_COLUMN_STATS pocedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DELETE_CONSUMER_GROUP procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DELETE_CONTROL option (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- DELETE_DAD_ATTRIBUTE Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DELETE_DATABASE_PREFS Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DELETE_DATABASE_STATS procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DELETE_DEF_DESTINATION procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- DELETE_DEFAULT_DEST procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- DELETE_DICTIONARY_STATS procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- delete_emp() function (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- DELETE_ERROR procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #3] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #4] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- DELETE_FILTER Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DELETE_FINDING_DIRECTIVE Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DELETE_FIXED_OBJECTS_STATS procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DELETE_INDEX_STATS procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DELETE_LINK procedure (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- DELETE_NODE procedure (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- DELETE_OBJECT procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DELETE_OER_BREAKPOINT function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DELETE_OP procedure (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- DELETE_PARAMETER_DIRECTIVE Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DELETE_PATH procedure (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- DELETE_PENDING_STATS Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- delete_permission method (Java Developer's Guide)
- DELETE_PLAN procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DELETE_PLAN_CASCADE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DELETE_PLAN_DIRECTIVE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DELETE_PRIVILEGE Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DELETE_REPLAY_INFO Function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DELETE_RESTRICT option (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- DELETE_RULE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DELETE_RUNTIME_PARMS procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- DELETE_SCHEMA_PREFS Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DELETE_SCHEMA_STATS Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DELETE_SEGMENT_DIRECTIVE Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DELETE_SERVICE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
- DBMS_SERVICE PL/SQL package (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- DELETE_SQL_DIRECTIVE Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DELETE_SQLSET procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DELETE_SQLWKLD Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DELETE_SQLWKLD_REF Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DELETE_SQLWKLD_STATEMENT Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DELETE_SUBPATH procedure (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- DELETE_SYSTEM_STATS procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DELETE_TABLE_PREFS Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DELETE_TABLE_STATS procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DELETE_TASK Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DELETE_TOPO_GEOMETRY_LAYER procedure (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- Delete_Topo_Geometry_Layer procedure (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- DELETE_TRAN procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- DeleteCapabilitiesInfo procedure (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- deleteContent( ) method (Multimedia Reference)
- deleteContents() (XML C++ API Reference)
- DELETEDATA procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- deleteData() (XML C++ API Reference)
- deleteDocument( ) procedure (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- deleteDomainInfo method (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- DeleteDomainInfo procedure (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- deleteLocalContent( ) method (Multimedia Reference)
- DELETEMIMEMAPPING Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- deleteNODATA function (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- DeletePluginMap procedure (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- deletePyramid procedure (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- deleteRecordViewMap method (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- DeleteRecordViewMap procedure (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- DELETEREPOSITORYRESCONFIG Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DELETERESCONFIG Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DELETERESOURCE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DELETERESOURCEMETADATA Procedures (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- deleteRow() method (result set) (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- deletes
-
- positioned (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- deletes during (SQL Language Reference)
- deletesAreDetected() method (database metadata) (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- DeleteSavepoint procedure (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- deleteSchema PL/SQL procedure (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- DELETESCHEMA procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DELETESCHEMALOCMAPPING Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DELETESERVLET Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DELETESERVLETMAPPING Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DELETESERVLETSECROLE Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DELETEXML function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- deleteXML PL/SQL function (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- deleteXML SQL function (XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
- XPath rewrite (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- DELETEXMLEXTENSION Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- deleting
-
- alias dimensions (OLAP DML Reference)
- archived redo log files
-
- indicated by the DBA_LOGMNR_PURGED_LOG view (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- not needed by SQL Apply (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- composite values (OLAP DML Reference)
- composites (OLAP DML Reference)
- constraints (2 Day DBA)
- definitions (OLAP DML Reference)
- dimension alias (OLAP DML Reference)
- dimension values (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- dimensions (OLAP DML Reference)
- formulas (OLAP DML Reference)
- migration projects (Application Express User's Guide)
- models (OLAP DML Reference)
- objects (OLAP DML Reference)
- partition templates (OLAP DML Reference)
- partitions (OLAP DML Reference)
- programs (OLAP DML Reference)
- Repository users (Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide)
- resource (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- sample objects (2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- savepoints (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- schema objects (Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide)
- surrogates (OLAP DML Reference)
- table (2 Day DBA)
- table columns (2 Day DBA)
- triggers (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #3] (OLAP DML Reference)
- users (2 Day DBA)
- valuesets (OLAP DML Reference)
- views (2 Day DBA)
- workspace (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- workspace owner (Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide)
- XML schema using DBMS_XMLSCHEMA (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- deleting a database (2 Day DBA)
- deleting and inserting rows into PGA_TCP_IMSC table (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- deleting backups (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- deleting constraint documents (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- deleting data (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
-
- creating a method (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- DataHandler.java (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- delete_action.jsp (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- handling a delete action (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- link to delete (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- deleting export files (Application Express User's Guide)
- deleting labeled data (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- deleting rows from table (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- deletion policies, archived redo log (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
-
- enabling (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- delif command
-
- OIFCFG command-line interface (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- delimited data
-
- maximum length for SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- delimited fields
-
- field length (Utilities)
- delimited LOBs (Utilities)
- delimiters (PL/SQL Language Reference)
-
- C versus SQL (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- in external tables (Utilities)
- loading trailing blanks (Utilities)
- marks in data and SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- specifying for external tables (Utilities)
- specifying for SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- [subentry #2] (Utilities)
- SQL*Loader enclosure (Utilities)
- SQL*Loader field specifications (Utilities)
- termination (Utilities)
- deloyment
-
- about (2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- demo
-
- creating a function (Extensions for .NET Developer's Guide)
- demo applications (SQLJ), availability (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- Demo build SQL script (Gateway for Informix User's Guide)
- demo directory (PL/SQL) (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- demo environment
-
- accessing (2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- logging in to (2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- demo file (extdemo1.sql)
-
- extensible indexing in power demand example (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- demo files
-
- network data model (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- semantic data (Semantic Technologies Developer's Guide)
- Spatial Web services (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- demo files for GeoRaster
-
- PL/SQL (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- demo programs (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Mining Concepts)
- demo_proc32.mk file (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- demo_proc32.mk make file (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- demo_procob.mk file (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- demobld.sql (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- demobld.sql file (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- demodrp7.sql (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- demonstration
-
- Excel (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- Oracle Data Control (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- Oracle Data Control with VC++ (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- quick tour (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- demonstration application
-
- about Collection Showcase (Application Express User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Application Express User's Guide)
- about Sample Application (Application Express User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Application Express User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Application Express User's Guide)
- editing (Application Express User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Application Express User's Guide)
- installing (Application Express User's Guide)
- modifying (Application Express User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Application Express User's Guide)
- running from Application home page (Application Express User's Guide)
- running from Demonstration Applications page (Application Express User's Guide)
- viewing (Application Express User's Guide)
- demonstration applications
-
- disabling creation of (Application Express User's Guide)
- managing (Application Express User's Guide)
- Demonstration Applications page (Application Express User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Application Express User's Guide)
-
- editing an application (Application Express User's Guide)
- running an application (Application Express User's Guide)
- demonstration build SQL script (Gateway for SQL Server User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for Sybase User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for Teradata User's Guide)
- Demonstration files (Gateway for Informix User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for SQL Server User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for Sybase User's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Gateway for Teradata User's Guide)
- demonstration files location (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- demonstration programs
- [entry #2] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
- for Pro*COBOL (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- list (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- Oracle Call Interface (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- Oracle JDBC/OCI (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- Pro*C/C++ (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- Pro*FORTRAN (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- SQL*Module for Ada (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- demonstration schema (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
-
- creation (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- Demonstration tables (Gateway for Informix User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for SQL Server User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for Sybase User's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Gateway for Teradata User's Guide)
- demonstration tables
-
- dept (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- emp (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- Demonstration tables build SQL script (Gateway for Informix User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for SQL Server User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for Sybase User's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Gateway for Teradata User's Guide)
- demonstrations
-
- about (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- Oracle Streams AQ (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- Oracle Streams AQ JMS (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- Oracle Streams AQ XML (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- PL/SQL (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- precompiler (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- SQL*Loader (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- demos
-
- C components (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- installing MAPI demo (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- installing Microsoft Excel demo (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- installing Microsoft PowerPoint demo (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- installing Microsoft Word demo (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- MAPI (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- Microsoft application (Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- Microsoft application demo (Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- Microsoft Excel (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- Microsoft PowerPoint (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- Microsoft Word (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- Oracle COM Automation (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- Oracle COM Automation for Java (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- PL/SQL (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- running the Microsoft application demo (Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- running the omtssamp.sql script (Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- see sample programs
- using the mtsdemousr username (Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- using Visual C++ (Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- verifying Microsoft application demo installation (Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- verifying the Oracle Database includes the proper tables (Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- Denial of Service (DoS) attacks
-
- audit trail, writing to operating system file (2 Day + Security Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- bad packets, preventing (Security Guide)
- networks, addressing (2 Day + Security Guide)
- networks, securing (Security Guide)
- denial-of-service (DoS) attacks
-
- reports
-
- System Resource Limits Report (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- Tablespace Quotas Report (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- denial-of-service attacks (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- denormal floating-point numbers (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- denormalized tables (Concepts)
- dense collections
-
- arrays and nested tables (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- dense rank (OLAP User's Guide)
- Dense Wavelength Division Multiplexing (DWDM or Dark Fiber) (High Availability Overview)
- DENSE_RANK (aggregate) function (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- DENSE_RANK function (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #2] (OLAP User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- densification (2 Day + Data Warehousing Guide)
-
- data (Data Warehousing Guide)
- densification of arcs (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- Department Details report (2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- department_id variable (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- departments page
-
- combining with employees (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- extending (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- Departments report
-
- linking to report (2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- modifying the query for (2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- DEPARTMENTS table (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- DEPARTMT.SQL script (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- dependencies
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
-
- amongst resources (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- and services (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- apply process (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- apply processes (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- between schema objects (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- displaying (Administrator's Guide)
- function-based indexes (Concepts)
- in stored triggers (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- minimizing (Advanced Replication)
- on nonexistence of other objects (Concepts)
- privileges and (Concepts)
- queues (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- schema objects
-
- trigger management (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- shared pool and (Concepts)
- timestamp model (Concepts)
- dependencies among schemas (Sample Schemas)
- dependency
-
- ordering
-
- replicated transactions (Advanced Replication)
- tracking
-
- parallel propagation (Advanced Replication)
- row level (Advanced Replication)
- row level (Advanced Replication)
- dependent LU
- [entry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
-
- and OLTP, on HP-UX (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- on AIX (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- on HP-UX (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- on Solaris (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- See also LUs
- dependent_handling_clause (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- dependent_tables_clause (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- DEPENDING ON clause (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- deploy (Extensions for .NET Developer's Guide)
- deploying
-
- about (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- an application (2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- business definitions (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- data objects (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- deployment actions (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- deployment errors (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- deployment results (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- deployment status (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- function or procedure (Extensions for .NET Developer's Guide)
- Oracle RAC database software (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- Oracle Real Application Clusters environments (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- overview of (2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- PL/SQL scripts for transparent tables (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- process flows (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- single design to multiple target systems (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- deploying applications (Performance Tuning Guide)
- deploying the procedure or function (Extensions for .NET Developer's Guide)
- deployment (Application Express User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Extensions for .NET Developer's Guide)
-
- after database migration (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- creating supporting objects (Application Express User's Guide)
- directory (Extensions for .NET Developer's Guide)
- exporting a page (Application Express User's Guide)
- exporting application definition (Application Express User's Guide)
- exporting cascading style sheets (Application Express User's Guide)
- exporting images (Application Express User's Guide)
- exporting scripts (Application Express User's Guide)
- exporting static files (Application Express User's Guide)
- exporting themes (Application Express User's Guide)
- exporting user interface defaults (Application Express User's Guide)
- importing application from SQL*Plus (Application Express User's Guide)
- importing export files (Application Express User's Guide)
- importing files (Application Express User's Guide)
- installing application export (Application Express User's Guide)
- installing files (Application Express User's Guide)
- managing database objects (Application Express User's Guide)
- of an application (Application Express User's Guide)
- options (Application Express User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Extensions for .NET Developer's Guide)
- packaging an application (Application Express User's Guide)
- publishing the URL (Application Express User's Guide)
- deployment actions (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- deployment and execution
-
- steps (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- deployment descriptor file (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- deployment templates (Advanced Replication)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Replication)
-
- adding materialized views to (Advanced Replication)
- after instantiation (Advanced Replication)
- alter object (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- alter parameters (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- alter template (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- alter user authorization (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- alter user parameter values (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- architecture (Advanced Replication)
- authorize users (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- column subsetting (Advanced Replication)
- compare templates (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- concepts (Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- copy template (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- create object from existing (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- create template (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- creating (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- data dictionary views for (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- data sets (Advanced Replication)
- DDL statements (Advanced Replication)
- definition storage (Advanced Replication)
- design (Advanced Replication)
- distributing files (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- drop site instantiation (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- dropping (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- dropping all (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- dropping materialized view group (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- elements (Advanced Replication)
- flowchart for creating (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- general template information (Advanced Replication)
- instantiating (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- instantiation (Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication)
-
- offline (Advanced Replication)
- offline (Advanced Replication)
- online (Advanced Replication)
- online (Advanced Replication)
- options (Advanced Replication)
- process (Advanced Replication)
- scenarios (Advanced Replication)
- troubleshooting (Advanced Replication)
- instantiation script (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- local control (Advanced Replication)
- lock template (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- materialized view groups (Advanced Replication)
- materialized view logs (Advanced Replication)
- materialized view sites (Advanced Replication)
- monitoring (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- objects
-
- creating (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- definitions (Advanced Replication)
- definitions (Advanced Replication)
- dropping (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- dropping all (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- offline instantiation (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- online instantiation (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- packaging (Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
- for offline instantiation (Advanced Replication)
- for offline instantiation (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- for online instantiation (Advanced Replication)
- for online instantiation (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- options (Advanced Replication)
- procedures (Advanced Replication)
- process (Advanced Replication)
- parameters (Advanced Replication)
-
- creating (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- creating (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- dropping (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- dropping all (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- security (Advanced Replication)
- user values (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- preparing materialized view sites for (Advanced Replication)
- refresh groups (Advanced Replication)
- row subsetting (Advanced Replication)
- runtime parameters
-
- creating (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- deleting (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- get ID (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- inserting (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- sites
-
- dropping (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- dropping all (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- user authorization (Advanced Replication)
- user authorizations
-
- creating (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- dropping (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- dropping all (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- user parameter values
-
- creating (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- dropping (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- dropping all (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- user-defined types (Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- WHERE clause (Advanced Replication)
- deployment wizard (Extensions for .NET Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Extensions for .NET Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Extensions for .NET Developer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Extensions for .NET Developer's Guide)
- DEPRDECL function (OLAP DML Reference)
- DEPRDECLSW function (OLAP DML Reference)
- deprecated and desupported components, Preface (Installation Guide for Linux)
- deprecated attributes
-
- on the LOG_ARCHIVE_DEST_n initialization parameter (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- deprecated commands
-
- Recovery Manager (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- deprecated dynamic performance views (Upgrade Guide)
- deprecated features (Data Guard Broker)
-
- initialization parameters (Upgrade Guide)
- static data dictionary views (Upgrade Guide)
- deprecated features, Preface (Data Mining Concepts)
- deprecated ORDAudio accessor methods (Multimedia Reference)
- [entry #2] (Multimedia Reference)
- deprecated ORDAudio comments methods (Multimedia Reference)
- [entry #2] (Multimedia Reference)
- deprecated ORDImageIndex methods (Multimedia Reference)
- deprecated ORDImageSignature methods (Multimedia Reference)
- deprecated ORDVideo accessor methods (Multimedia Reference)
- [entry #2] (Multimedia Reference)
- deprecated ORDVideo comments methods (Multimedia Reference)
- [entry #2] (Multimedia Reference)
- depreciation of assets (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #3] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #4] (OLAP DML Reference)
- DEPRSL function (OLAP DML Reference)
- DEPRSOYD function (OLAP DML Reference)
- DEPT table (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- [entry #4] (Sample Schemas)
- dept table (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- DEPTH column
-
- TKPROF_TABLE table (Performance Tuning Guide)
- DEPTH function (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- depth level (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- depth option (AuditorInstaller) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- depth SQL function (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- deptid parameter (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- DEPTREE view (Reference)
- dequeue condition
-
- and Virtual Private Database (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- with queue table indexes (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- dequeue high-watermark (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- DEQUEUE procedure (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [entry #2] (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [entry #3] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #4] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #5] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
-
- example (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- DEQUEUE_ARRAY Function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DEQUEUE_OPTIONS_T Type (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- dequeuing (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
-
- ANYDATA queues
-
- examples (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- examples (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- examples (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- using JMS (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- using OCI (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- using PL/SQL (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- buffered messages (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- by multiple consumers (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- concurrent processes (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- demonstration (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- features (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- IDAP client request (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- IDAP server response to request (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- message arrays (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- message states (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- messages (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- methods (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- modes
-
- about (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- navigation of messages (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- options (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
-
- buffered messages (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- parameters
-
- array_size (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- dequeue_options (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- dequeue_options (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- retries with delays (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- transaction protection (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- waiting for messages (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- dequeuing messages (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [entry #2] (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- DEREF function (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- dereferencing (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
-
- implicit (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- DEREGISTER Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DEREGISTER_CONSTRAINT procedure (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- derivational stemming
-
- enabling for English (Text Reference)
- derived Source objects
-
- definition (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- derivedFrom method (Java Developer's Guide)
- deriving
-
- business definitions (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- data rules (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- DES. See Data Encryption Standard (DES)
- DESC clause
-
- of CREATE INDEX (SQL Language Reference)
- DESC keyword (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- DESC_REC2 Record Type (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DESC_REC3 Record Type (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DESC_RESC Record Type (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DESC_TAB Table Type (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DESC_TAB2 Table Type (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DESC_TAB3 Table Type (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DESCRIBE
-
- character string operations (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- SQL*Plus command (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- describe
-
- explicit (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- explicit and implicit (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- implicit (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- of collections (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- of databases (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- of packages (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- of schemas (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- of sequences (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- of stored functions (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- of stored procedures (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- of synonyms (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- of tables (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- of types (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- of views (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- select-list (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- DESCRIBE BIND VARIABLES statement
-
- in dynamic SQL method 4 (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- use in Dynamic SQL Method 4 (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- use in dynamic SQL method 4 (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- describe cache high water mark
-
- definition (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway for Informix User's Guide)
- [subentry #5] (Gateway for ODBC User's Guide)
- [subentry #6] (Gateway for SQL Server User's Guide)
- [subentry #7] (Gateway for Sybase User's Guide)
- [subentry #8] (Gateway for Teradata User's Guide)
- DESCRIBE command (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #3] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
-
- example (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- use with PREPARE command (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- DESCRIBE command (SQL*Plus) (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
- connect_identifier (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- PL/SQL properties listed by (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- table properties listed by (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- DESCRIBE DESCRIPTOR statement (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- describe functions (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- describe handle
-
- attributes (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- description (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- DESCRIBE INPUT statement (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- describe operation
-
- server round trips (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- DESCRIBE OUTPUT statement (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- describe phase of query processing (Concepts)
- DESCRIBE SDO_NET_MEM
-
- statements needed (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- DESCRIBE SELECT LIST statement
-
- in dynamic SQL method 4 (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- use in Dynamic SQL Method 4 (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- use in dynamic SQL method 4 (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- DESCRIBE SQL statement (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- DESCRIBE statement (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #4] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #5] (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- [entry #6] (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- [entry #7] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
-
- DBMS_OUTPUT (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #5] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #6] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- example (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- examples (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- use in dynamic SQL Method 4 (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- use with PREPARE statement (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- using in dynamic SQL method 4 (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- UTL_RAW (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- describe statement
-
- DBMS_OUTPUT (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- DESCRIBE statement, using in dynamic SQL Method 4 (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- describe, explicit (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- describe, implicit (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- DESCRIBE_COLUMNS procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DESCRIBE_COLUMNS2 procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DESCRIBE_COLUMNS3 Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DESCRIBE_DIMENSION procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DESCRIBE_INDEX (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- DESCRIBE_INDEX procedure (Text Reference)
- DESCRIBE_POLICY procedure (Text Reference)
- DESCRIBE_PROCEDURE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- describing an index (Text Reference)
- DESCRIPTION attribute
-
- application placement (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- DESCRIPTION networking parameter (Net Services Reference)
- [entry #2] (Net Services Reference)
- DESCRIPTION parameter (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- DESCRIPTION_LIST networking parameter (Net Services Reference)
- descriptions
-
- adding to a definition (OLAP DML Reference)
- deleting from a definition (OLAP DML Reference)
- descriptions of collection attributes (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- descriptor (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
- allocating (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- complex object retrieval (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- naming (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- objects (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- parameter (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- ROWID (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- snapshot (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- descriptor areas (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
-
- select descriptor (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- descriptor functions (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- descriptor objects (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- descriptors (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
-
- bind descriptor (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- definition of (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- need for (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- purpose (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- reserved elements in (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- select descriptor (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- SQLADR subroutine (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- using the sqlald() function to allocate (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- using the sqlclu() function to deallocate (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- DESDecrypt procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DESEncrypt procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- design
-
- logical (Data Warehousing Guide)
- OLE DB (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- Oracle Real Application Clusters environments (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- physical (Data Warehousing Guide)
- Design Center (Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide)
- design principles (Performance Tuning Guide)
- Design Repository
-
- connecting error (Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide)
- enabled roles (Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide)
- upgrading (Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide)
- design repository database configuration parameters (Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide)
- designing
-
- process flows (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- target schema (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- target schema, dimensional (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- target schema, relational (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- designs
-
- debugging (Performance Tuning Guide)
- testing (Performance Tuning Guide)
- validating (Performance Tuning Guide)
- dest_char_set parameter (Globalization Support Guide)
- destination
-
- archiving redo log files (Reference)
- overriding default (Reference)
- USER_DUMP_DEST (Reference)
- destination (JMS)
-
- altering (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- dropping (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- starting (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- stopping (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- Destination Hostname or IP Address, same as DRDA server Hostname or IP Address (configuring TCP/IP, worksheet) (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- destination queue (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- destination queues
-
- definition (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- destination schema
-
- schema differences (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- Destination Service Port Number, same as DRDA Server Service Port Number (configuring TCP/IP, worksheet) (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- destinations
-
- archived redo log file parameters (Data Guard Broker)
- displaying with V$ARCHIVE_DEST view (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- role-based definitions (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- viewing the LogXptStatus property (Data Guard Broker)
- Destroy
-
- Java API (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- DESTROY parameter
-
- Import utility (Utilities)
- DESTROY procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- destroyMessage() (XML C++ API Reference)
- DestroyObject
-
- PL/SQL API (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- destroyRange() (XML C++ API Reference)
- detach() (XML C++ API Reference)
- [entry #2] (XML C++ API Reference)
- DETACH_SESSION procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DETACH_SIMPLE_TABLESPACE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DETACH_TABLESPACES procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- detaching
-
- analytic workspaces (OLAP DML Reference)
- detaching branches (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- DETAIL_DATASTORE (Text Application Developer's Guide)
-
- about (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- DETAIL_DATASTORE object (Text Reference)
-
- example (Text Reference)
- detail_key attribute (Text Reference)
- detail_lineno attribute (Text Reference)
- detail_table attribute (Text Reference)
- detail_text attribute (Text Reference)
- detailed route geometry
-
- in route request (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- detecting
-
- missing archived redo log files (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- detecting language and character sets
-
- Globalization Development Kit (Globalization Support Guide)
- detection
-
- supported languages and character sets (Globalization Support Guide)
- detection of database events (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- DETERMINE_CHAIN function (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- DETERMINE_DEFAULT_CHAIN function (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- determining current value of precompiler options (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- DETERMINISTIC clause
-
- of CREATE FUNCTION (SQL Language Reference)
- DETERMINISTIC functions (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
-
- function-based indexes (Concepts)
- indexes and (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- DETERMINISTIC hint (Java Developer's Guide)
- DETERMINISTIC option
-
- function syntax (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- developer (Installation Guide for Linux)
- Developer activity log
-
- deleting (Application Express User's Guide)
- Developer Comment icon (Application Express User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Application Express User's Guide)
- developer comments
-
- about (Application Express User's Guide)
- adding to a page (Application Express User's Guide)
- adding to an application (Application Express User's Guide)
- deleting (Application Express User's Guide)
- editing (Application Express User's Guide)
- viewing (Application Express User's Guide)
- viewing reports (Application Express User's Guide)
- Developer Comments report
-
- accessing (Application Express User's Guide)
- deleting a comments (Application Express User's Guide)
- deleting multiple comments (Application Express User's Guide)
- downloading (Application Express User's Guide)
- editing comments (Application Express User's Guide)
- developer logs
-
- purging (Application Express User's Guide)
- developer preferences
-
- configuring (Application Express User's Guide)
- Developer Privileges
-
- about (2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- Developer toolbar
-
- about (2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Application Express User's Guide)
- about Application link (2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- Activity (Application Express User's Guide)
- Activity link (Application Express User's Guide)
- Create link (Application Express User's Guide)
- creating a page (Application Express User's Guide)
- Debug link (Application Express User's Guide)
- Edit Application link (Application Express User's Guide)
- Edit Page link (Application Express User's Guide)
- Hide Edit Links (Application Express User's Guide)
- Home link (Application Express User's Guide)
- Session (Application Express User's Guide)
- Session link (Application Express User's Guide)
- Show Edit Links (Application Express User's Guide)
- using (Application Express User's Guide)
- Developer/2000 Applications
-
- upgrading (Upgrade Guide)
- developers
-
- about (2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- developers, application (Concepts)
- developing rules applications
-
- decision points (Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
- using Rules Manager (Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
- development environment
-
- accessing (2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- prerequisites (2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- development environments (Performance Tuning Guide)
- development languages (Concepts)
- development life cycle (Application Express User's Guide)
- development tools
-
- SQL Developer (Concepts)
- SQL*Plus (Concepts)
- device names
-
- for raw devices on Linux (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- IDE disks (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Installation Guide for Linux)
- IDE disks on Linux (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- RAID (Installation Guide for Linux)
- SCSI disks (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Installation Guide for Linux)
- SCSI disks on Linux (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- devices
-
- OCR support for block (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- devices, configuring default (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- de-install Oracle Clusterware software (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- de-install Oracle RAC and Oracle ASM software (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- de-installing
-
- the gateway (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- df command (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- [entry #2] (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- [entry #3] (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- dfhcsdup.jcl file (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #4] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- DFHRPL DD statement (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- DFN function
-
- of HTF package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DFN procedure
-
- of HTP package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DG_BROKER_CONFIG_FILEn file (Data Guard Broker)
- [entry #2] (Data Guard Broker)
-
- in a CFS area (Data Guard Broker)
- on a raw device (Data Guard Broker)
- DG_BROKER_CONFIG_FILEn initialization parameter (Reference)
- DG_BROKER_START initialization parameter (Data Guard Broker)
- [entry #2] (Data Guard Broker)
- [entry #3] (Data Guard Broker)
- [entry #4] (Reference)
- DG_CONFIG attribute (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- DG4APPC
-
- known restrictions (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- see gateway
- dg4pwd (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- dg4pwd utility
-
- definition (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- recommended security utility feature (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- recommended security utility feature, on gateway using SNA (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- using (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- DGConnectIdentifier property (Data Guard Broker)
- DGMGRL commands
-
- FAILOVER (Data Guard Broker)
- SWITCHOVER (Data Guard Broker)
- DGMGRL command-line interface
-
- invoking failovers (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- simplifying switchovers (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- DHCP computers, installing on (Installation Guide for Linux)
- DIA0 processes (Concepts)
- diacritic (Globalization Support Guide)
- diacritical marks
-
- characters with (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- DIAG processes (Concepts)
- DIAG_ADR_ENABLED diagnostic parameter (Net Services Reference)
- [entry #2] (Net Services Reference)
- DIAG_ADR_ENABLED log parameter (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- DIAG_ADR_ENABLED_listener_name diagnostic parameter (Net Services Reference)
- DIAG_ADR_ENABLED_listener_name log parameter (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- diagcollection.pl script (2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- [entry #2] (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- diagnosability process
-
- See DIAG
- diagnosability process 0
-
- See DIA0
- diagnosing problems using ADR (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- diagnosing. See troubleshooting
- diagnosis
-
- problem (Concepts)
- diagnostic information
-
- sources (Data Guard Broker)
- diagnostic monitoring (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [entry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [entry #3] (Performance Tuning Guide)
-
- introduction (Performance Tuning Guide)
- diagnostic parameter (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #2] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- diagnostic parameters
-
- cman.ora
-
- ADR_BASE (Net Services Reference)
- DIAG_ADR_ENABLED (Net Services Reference)
- LOG_DIRECTORY (Net Services Reference)
- LOG_LEVEL (Net Services Reference)
- TRACE_DIRECTORY (Net Services Reference)
- TRACE_FILELEN (Net Services Reference)
- TRACE_FILENO (Net Services Reference)
- TRACE_LEVEL (Net Services Reference)
- TRACE_TIMESTAMP (Net Services Reference)
- listener.ora
-
- ADR_BASE_listener_name (Net Services Reference)
- DIAG_ADR_ENABLED_listener_name (Net Services Reference)
- LOG_DIRECTORY_listener_name (Net Services Reference)
- LOG_FILE_listener_name (Net Services Reference)
- LOGGING_listener_name (Net Services Reference)
- TRACE_DIRECTORY_listener_name (Net Services Reference)
- TRACE_FILE_listener_name (Net Services Reference)
- TRACE_FILEN_listener_name (Net Services Reference)
- TRACE_FILENO_listener_name (Net Services Reference)
- TRACE_LEVEL_listener_name (Net Services Reference)
- TRACE_TIMESTAMP_listener_name (Net Services Reference)
- sqlnet.ora
-
- ADR_BASE (Net Services Reference)
- DIAG_ADR_ENABLED (Net Services Reference)
- LOG_DIRECTORY_CLIENT (Net Services Reference)
- LOG_DIRECTORY_SERVER (Net Services Reference)
- LOG_FILE_CLIENT (Net Services Reference)
- LOG_FILE_SERVER (Net Services Reference)
- TRACE_DIRECTORY_CLIENT (Net Services Reference)
- TRACE_DIRECTORY_SERVER (Net Services Reference)
- TRACE_FILE_CLIENT (Net Services Reference)
- TRACE_FILE_SERVER (Net Services Reference)
- TRACE_FILELEN_CLIENT (Net Services Reference)
- TRACE_FILELEN_SERVER (Net Services Reference)
- TRACE_FILENO_CLIENT (Net Services Reference)
- TRACE_FILENO_SERVER (Net Services Reference)
- TRACE_LEVEL_CLIENT (Net Services Reference)
- TRACE_LEVEL_SERVER (Net Services Reference)
- TRACE_TIMESTAMP_CLIENT (Net Services Reference)
- TRACE_TIMESTAMP_SERVER (Net Services Reference)
- TRACE_UNIQUE_CLIENT (Net Services Reference)
- DIAGNOSTIC_DEST (Administrator's Guide)
- DIAGNOSTIC_DEST initialization parameter (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
- DIAGNOSTIC_DEST parameter (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- diagnostics (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- [entry #2] (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- diagnostics collection script (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- diagnostics data
-
- collecting with the diagcollection.pl script (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- diagrams
-
- impact analysis (2 Day + Data Warehousing Guide)
- [subentry #2] (2 Day + Data Warehousing Guide)
- lineage (2 Day + Data Warehousing Guide)
- [subentry #2] (2 Day + Data Warehousing Guide)
- dial chart
-
- syntax (Application Express User's Guide)
- dialog boxes and tabs (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- DICM
-
- DICOM image file format (Multimedia User's Guide)
- DICM image format (Multimedia Reference)
- DICOM
-
- defined (Multimedia User's Guide)
- extracting metadata (Multimedia User's Guide)
- information about (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Multimedia User's Guide)
- medical images (Multimedia User's Guide)
- DICOM administrator
-
- creating configuration documents (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- managing configuration documents (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- ORDADMIN role (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- write privilege (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- DICOM attributes
-
- accessing (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- examples (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- retrieving (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- searching (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- DICOM conformance validator (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- DICOM content (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
-
- creating tables (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- loading into tables (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- storing (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- DICOM data model
-
- defined (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- DICOM data model functions
-
- getDictionaryTag( ) (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- getMappingXPath( ) (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- DICOM data model procedures
-
- setDataModel( ) (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- DICOM data model repository (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- DICOM data model utility interface
-
- ORD_DICOM package (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- DICOM encoding rules (Multimedia Reference)
-
- defined (Multimedia Reference)
- DICOM examples
-
- creating a table (Multimedia User's Guide)
- extracting DICOM metadata (Multimedia User's Guide)
- DICOM image processor (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- DICOM images
-
- compressing (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- converting (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- creating from other formats (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- multiframe (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- processing (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- DICOM metadata
-
- editing (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- writing (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- DICOM metadata documents
-
- defined (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- DICOM parser (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- DICOM relational API (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- DICOM relational interface (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
-
- ORD_DICOM package (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- DICOM relational interface functions
-
- extractMetadata( ) for BFILEs (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- extractMetadata( ) for BLOBs (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- extractMetadata( ) for ORDImage (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- isAnonymous( ) for BFILEs (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- isAnonymous( ) for BLOBs (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- isAnonymous( ) for ORDImage (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- isConformanceValid( ) for BFILEs (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- isConformanceValid( ) for BLOBs (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- isConformanceValid( ) for ORDImage (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- DICOM relational interface procedures
-
- createDICOMImage( ) for BFILEs (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- createDICOMImage( ) for BLOBs (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- createDICOMImage( ) for ORDImage (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- export( ) (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- importFrom( ) (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- makeAnonymous( ) for BFILEs (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- makeAnonymous( ) for BLOBs (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- makeAnonymous( ) for ORDImage (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- processCopy( ) for BFILEs (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- processCopy( ) for BFILEs with SOP instance UID (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- processCopy( ) for BLOBs (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- processCopy( ) for BLOBs with SOP instance UID (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- processCopy( ) for ORDImage (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- processCopy( ) for ORDImage with SOP instance UID (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- writeMetadata( ) for BFILEs (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- writeMetadata( ) for BLOBs (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- writeMetadata( ) for ORDImage (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- DICOM transfer syntax (Multimedia Reference)
- DICOM XML encoder (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- DICT synonym for DICTIONARY (Reference)
- DICT_COLUMNS view (Reference)
- dictionary
-
- building a LogMiner (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- Chinese (Text Reference)
- Japanese (Text Reference)
- Korean (Text Reference)
- mapping (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- modifying (Text Reference)
- requirements for LogMiner utility (Utilities)
- tables (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- user (Text Reference)
- dictionary cache locks (Concepts)
- dictionary managed tablespaces (Concepts)
- dictionary protection mechanism (Security Guide)
- dictionary version mismatch (Utilities)
- DICTIONARY view (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
- DICT synonym (Reference)
- dictionary_obj_owner event attribute (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- dictionary_obj_owner_list event attribute (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- dictionary_obj_type event attribute (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- dictionary-managed tablespaces
-
- migrating SYSTEM to locally managed (Administrator's Guide)
- DID bind variable (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- DIFF_TABLE_STATS_IN_HISTORY Function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DIFF_TABLE_STATS_IN_PENDING Function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DIFF_TABLE_STATS_IN_STATTAB Function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- difference
-
- SDO_GEOM.SDO_DIFFERENCE function (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- difference views (xxx_DIFF) (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- differences
-
- between tables (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
- rectifying (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- differences LOB types from LONG RAW (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- DIFFERENCES procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- differences with OraMTSJoinTxn() function (Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- differential incremental backups (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- different-row writers block writers (Concepts)
- Diffie-Hellman (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- Diffie-Hellman key negotiation algorithm (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- digest table (Java Developer's Guide)
- digests option, jar (customizer harness) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- digital camera images (Multimedia User's Guide)
- digital image processing
-
- description (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- Digital POLYCENTER Manager on NetView (Administrator's Guide)
- digits of precision (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- Dijkstra search algorithm for shortest path (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- dimension (in SDO_GTYPE) (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Spatial Developer's Guide)
-
- Get_Dims method (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- Get_LRS_Dim method (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- dimension alias
-
- See alias dimensions
- DIMENSION command, in a model (OLAP DML Reference)
- dimension hierarchies
-
- See hierarchies
- dimension levels
-
- mapping (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- skipping (Data Warehousing Guide)
- dimension maintenance (cube) (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- dimension object security (OLAP User's Guide)
- dimension of host tables (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- dimension order
-
- effect on aggregation (OLAP User's Guide)
- dimension security (OLAP User's Guide)
- DIMENSION statement
-
- for aggregation (OLAP DML Reference)
- for allocation (OLAP DML Reference)
- dimension status
-
- effect on expressions (OLAP DML Reference)
- null (OLAP DML Reference)
- restoring (OLAP DML Reference)
- saving current (OLAP DML Reference)
- dimension surrogates
-
- assigning values to (OLAP DML Reference)
- defining (OLAP DML Reference)
- dimension tables (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Warehousing Guide)
-
- normalized (Data Warehousing Guide)
- dimension values
-
- comparing (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- counting related values (OLAP DML Reference)
- deleting values of (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- latest value (OLAP DML Reference)
- null (OLAP DML Reference)
- number of (determining) (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- number of values in status (OLAP DML Reference)
- place in status list (OLAP DML Reference)
- retrieving current status list
-
- retrieving (OLAP DML Reference)
- returning first value in status (OLAP DML Reference)
- returning last value in status (OLAP DML Reference)
- setting the status of (OLAP DML Reference)
- sorting (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- testing for (OLAP DML Reference)
- using qualified data reference (OLAP DML Reference)
- using result of LIMIT command (OLAP DML Reference)
- dimension views (OLAP User's Guide)
- dimension_join_clause (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- dimensional modeling (Data Warehousing Guide)
- dimensional objects
- [entry #2] (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
-
- binding (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- creating (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- creating, about (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- deployment options (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- extracting data (SQL Language Reference)
- implementing (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- unbinding (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- dimensionality, changing (OLAP DML Reference)
- dimensioned data (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- dimensioned Source
-
- definition (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- dimensions
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- [entry #3] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #4] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #5] (Data Warehousing Guide)
-
- about (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- acquired (OLAP DML Reference)
- altering (Data Warehousing Guide)
- analyzing (Data Warehousing Guide)
- attributes (Concepts)
-
- adding (SQL Language Reference)
- changing (SQL Language Reference)
- defining (SQL Language Reference)
- dropping (SQL Language Reference)
- binding (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- business identifier (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- checking status of (OLAP DML Reference)
- comparing values (OLAP DML Reference)
- compiling invalidated (SQL Language Reference)
- control rows (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- creating (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (OLAP User's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #5] (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- defined (OLAP User's Guide)
- defining (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- defining levels (SQL Language Reference)
- defining surrogates for (OLAP DML Reference)
- definition (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- deleting (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- description (OLAP User's Guide)
- determining status of (OLAP DML Reference)
- dimension attributes (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- dimension roles (2 Day + Data Warehousing Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- dimension tables (Data Warehousing Guide)
- dimensioning measures (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- dropping (Data Warehousing Guide)
- example (2 Day + Data Warehousing Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- examples (SQL Language Reference)
- extracting data (SQL Language Reference)
- granting system privileges for (SQL Language Reference)
- hierarchies (2 Day + Data Warehousing Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- [subentry #3] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
-
- adding (SQL Language Reference)
- changing (SQL Language Reference)
- defining (SQL Language Reference)
- dropping (SQL Language Reference)
- join key (Concepts)
- hierarchies overview (Data Warehousing Guide)
- implementing (2 Day + Data Warehousing Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- level attributes (2 Day + Data Warehousing Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- level relationships (2 Day + Data Warehousing Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- levels
- [subentry #2] (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
-
- adding (SQL Language Reference)
- defining (SQL Language Reference)
- dropping (SQL Language Reference)
- parent-child hierarchy (SQL Language Reference)
- limiting (OLAP DML Reference)
- limiting to single value (OLAP DML Reference)
- listing associated objects (OLAP DML Reference)
- looping over values of (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #3] (OLAP DML Reference)
- maintaining (OLAP DML Reference)
- MdmDimension classes (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- MdmDimension objects (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- MOLAP implementation (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- multiple (Data Warehousing Guide)
- normalized or denormalized tables (Concepts)
- numeric value of text dimension (OLAP DML Reference)
- of expression (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- optimizer statistics (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- order in models (OLAP DML Reference)
- parent identifier (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- QDR with (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- related (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- relational implementation (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- removing from the database (SQL Language Reference)
- restoring previous values (OLAP DML Reference)
- ROLAP dimension limitations (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- ROLAP implementation (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- rules (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- saving current values (OLAP DML Reference)
- See also alias dimensions, base dimensions, concat dimensions, conjoint dimensions, simple dimensions
- skipping levels (Data Warehousing Guide)
- snowflake schema implementation (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- sorting values (OLAP DML Reference)
- star joins (Data Warehousing Guide)
- star queries (Data Warehousing Guide)
- star schema implementation (2 Day + Data Warehousing Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- status lists (OLAP DML Reference)
- surrogate identifier (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- time dimensions, about (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- type of (determining) (OLAP DML Reference)
- validating (Data Warehousing Guide)
- value formatting (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- value-based hierarchies (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- viewing members (OLAP User's Guide)
- with query rewrite (Data Warehousing Guide)
- worksheet (OLAP DML Reference)
- dimension-based equations (OLAP DML Reference)
- DIMINFO (in USER_SDO_GEOM_METADATA) (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- DIP user (2 Day + Security Guide)
- dir option (JPublisher User's Guide)
- dir option (sqlj -dir) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- direct ancestral path (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- Direct and Indirect System Privileges By Database Account Report (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- Direct Attached Storage (DAS), Glossary (Storage Administrator's Guide)
- direct color (DRCT) images (Multimedia Reference)
- direct hand-off
-
- described (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- events in listener.log (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- direct I/O (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- Direct NFS
-
- disabling (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- enabling (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- for datafiles (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- Direct Object Privileges Report (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DIRECT parameter
-
- Export utility (Utilities)
- direct path
-
- of date columns (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- read events (Performance Tuning Guide)
- read events actions (Performance Tuning Guide)
- read events causes (Performance Tuning Guide)
- wait events (Performance Tuning Guide)
- write events actions (Performance Tuning Guide)
- write events causes (Performance Tuning Guide)
- direct path Export (Utilities)
- [entry #2] (Utilities)
-
- compared to conventional path (Utilities)
- effect of EXEMPT ACCESS POLICY privilege (Utilities)
- performance issues (Utilities)
- restrictions (Utilities)
- security considerations (Utilities)
- direct path function context (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- direct path handles (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- direct path inserts
-
- SQL Apply DML considerations (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- direct path load
-
- advantages (Utilities)
- behavior when discontinued (Utilities)
- capture processes (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- choosing sort order
-
- SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- compared to conventional path load (Utilities)
- concurrent (Utilities)
- [subentry #2] (Utilities)
- conditions for use (Utilities)
- data saves (Utilities)
- [subentry #2] (Utilities)
- DIRECT command-line parameter
-
- SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- dropping indexes (Utilities)
- effect of disabling archiving (Utilities)
- effect of PRIMARY KEY constraints (Utilities)
- effect of UNIQUE KEY constraints (Utilities)
- fast refresh (Advanced Replication)
- field defaults (Utilities)
- improper sorting
-
- SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- indexes (Utilities)
- instance recovery (Utilities)
- intersegment concurrency (Utilities)
- intrasegment concurrency (Utilities)
- loading into synonyms (Utilities)
- location of data conversion (Utilities)
- media recovery (Utilities)
- [subentry #2] (Utilities)
- optimizing on multiple-CPU systems (Utilities)
- partitioned load
-
- SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- performance (Utilities)
- [subentry #2] (Utilities)
- preallocating storage (Utilities)
- presorting data (Utilities)
- recovery (Utilities)
- ROWS command-line parameter (Utilities)
- setting up (Utilities)
- specifying (Utilities)
- specifying number of rows to be read (Utilities)
- SQL*Loader data loading method (Utilities)
- table insert triggers (Utilities)
- temporary segment storage requirements (Utilities)
- triggers (Utilities)
- using (Utilities)
- [subentry #2] (Utilities)
- version requirements (Utilities)
- direct path loading (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
- column array handle attributes (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- column parameter attributes (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- context handle attributes (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- datatypes of columns (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- direct path column array handle (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- direct path context handle (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- direct path stream handle (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- example (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- for master-detail relationships (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- functions (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- handle attributes (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- handles (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- in pieces (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- limitations (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- master-detail flat files (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- stream handle attributes (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- direct RGB
-
- contentFormat operator (Multimedia Reference)
- direct system privileges (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- Direct System Privileges By Database Account Report (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- direct upgrades (Upgrade Guide)
- DIRECT_DATASTORE (Text Application Developer's Guide)
-
- about (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- example (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- DIRECT_DATASTORE object (Text Reference)
-
- example (Text Reference)
- directed links (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- directed networks (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
-
- apply forwarding (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- queue forwarding (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- direction of edge (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- direction of geometric segment (Spatial Developer's Guide)
-
- concatenation result (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- directives
-
- also known as declarative statements (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- display_errors (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- error_reporting (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- directories
-
- /tmp (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- catalog views (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- for installing gateway and OIS files (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- guidelines for usage (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- installation (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- managing disk group (Storage Administrator's Guide)
- ownership and privileges (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- directories (directory objects) (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- directories. See directory objects
- directory
- [entry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
-
- changing (OLAP DML Reference)
- creating separate data file directories (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #3] (Installation Guide for Linux)
- current (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- database file directory (Installation Guide for Linux)
- for generated .class and .ser (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- for generated .java (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- identifying current (OLAP DML Reference)
- Oracle base directory (Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #3] (Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #4] (Installation Guide for Linux)
- Oracle home directory (Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #3] (Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #4] (Installation Guide for Linux)
- Oracle Inventory directory (Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Installation Guide for Linux)
- oraInventory (Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Installation Guide for Linux)
- path for INCLUDE files (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- permission for data file directories (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #3] (Installation Guide for Linux)
- See folder
- directory administrative groups
-
- OracleContextAdmins (Enterprise User Security Administrator's Guide)
- OracleDBAdmins (Enterprise User Security Administrator's Guide)
- OracleDBCreators (Enterprise User Security Administrator's Guide)
- OracleDBSecurityAdmins (Enterprise User Security Administrator's Guide)
- OraclePasswordAccessibleDomains list (Enterprise User Security Administrator's Guide)
- OracleUserSecurityAdmins (Enterprise User Security Administrator's Guide)
- directory aliases
-
- exporting (Utilities)
- importing (Utilities)
- directory authentication, configuring for SYSDBA or SYSOPER access (Security Guide)
- directory configuration
-
- adding users to the OracleNetAdmins group (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- exporting
-
- net service names from a tnsnames.ora file (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- migrating
-
- net service names from a tnsnames.ora file (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- directory information tree (DIT), defined (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- directory locations
-
- Optimal Flexible Architecture (OFA) (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- set up with ASM (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- set up with OMF (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- structure on standby databases (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- DIRECTORY name specification (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- directory naming (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
-
- absolute naming (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- advantages and disadvantages (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- architecture (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- authentication methods
-
- native (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- simple (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- SSL (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- strong (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- configuring (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Net Services Reference)
- connecting to database services (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- connecting with (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- connections
-
- using an entry's absolute name (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- using an entry's relative name (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- Database Configuration Assistant (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- establishing a connection with (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- exporting
-
- net service names from a tnsnames.ora file (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- Java Database Connectivity (JDBC)
-
- OCI drivers (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- OCI drivers (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- Thin drivers (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- Thin drivers (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- Java Database Connectivity (JDBC) Thin drivers (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- ldapwrite tool (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- listener configuration for (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- migrating
-
- net service names from a tnsnames.ora file (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- object classes (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- objects
-
- database services (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- net service aliases (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- net service names (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- Oracle Context (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- Oracle Net Manager (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- Oracle schema (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- OracleContextAdmins group (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- OracleDBCreators group (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- OracleNetAdmins group (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #5] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- overview (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- recommended for (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- security (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- troubleshooting (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- with relative naming (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- DIRECTORY object
-
- catalog views (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- getting the alias and filename (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- guidelines for usage (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- names on Windows platforms (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- naming convention (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- READ permission on object not individual files (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- rules for using (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- symbolic links (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- symbolic links, and (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- DIRECTORY objects (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- directory objects
- [entry #2] (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
-
- as aliases for operating system directories (SQL Language Reference)
- auditing (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- creating (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [subentry #2] (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [subentry #3] (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [subentry #4] (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [subentry #5] (SQL Language Reference)
- Data Pump
-
- effect of automatic storage management (Utilities)
- granting system privileges for (SQL Language Reference)
- redefining (SQL Language Reference)
- removing from the database (SQL Language Reference)
- using with Data Pump (Utilities)
- DIRECTORY parameter
-
- Data Pump Export utility (Utilities)
- Data Pump Import utility (Utilities)
- directory path
-
- for INCLUDE files (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- INCLUDE files (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- Directory Server Migration Wizard (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- directory servers
-
- attributes (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- directory information tree (DIT) (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- distinguished name (DN) (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- entry (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- ldapwrite tool (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- Microsoft Active Directory (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- Oracle Context (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- overview (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- performance (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- relative distinguished name (RDN) (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- security (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- directory service
-
- See also enterprise directory service.
- directory structure (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
-
- C (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- directory structures (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- Directory Usage configuration option in Oracle Net Configuration Assistant (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- directory, script file (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- DIRECTORY_OBJECT_SET type (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DIRECTORY_SERVER_TYPE networking parameter (Net Services Reference)
- DIRECTORY_SERVERS (Net Services Reference)
- directory-based services authentication (Security Guide)
- direct-path INSERT
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
-
- benefits (Administrator's Guide)
- how it works (Administrator's Guide)
- index maintenance (Administrator's Guide)
- locking considerations (Administrator's Guide)
- logging mode (Administrator's Guide)
- parallel INSERT (Administrator's Guide)
- parallel load compared with parallel INSERT (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- restrictions (Data Warehousing Guide)
- serial INSERT (Administrator's Guide)
- space considerations (Administrator's Guide)
- direct-path INSERT statement
-
- Change Data Capture restriction (Data Warehousing Guide)
- direct-path load (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- DIRLISTCLOSE function
-
- of HTF package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DIRLISTCLOSE procedure
-
- of HTP package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DIRLISTOPEN function
-
- of HTF package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DIRLISTOPEN procedure
-
- of HTP package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DIRPASSWORD column (Enterprise User Security Administrator's Guide)
- dirty buffer
-
- incremental checkpoint (Concepts)
- dirty read (Concepts)
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- dirty reads (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- dirty write (Concepts)
- DirtyWrite property (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- DISABLE ALL TRIGGERS clause
-
- of ALTER TABLE (SQL Language Reference)
- DISABLE clause
-
- of ALTER INDEX (SQL Language Reference)
- of CREATE TABLE (SQL Language Reference)
- DISABLE CONFIGURATION command (Data Guard Broker)
-
- example (Data Guard Broker)
- DISABLE DATABASE command (Data Guard Broker)
-
- example (Data Guard Broker)
- DISABLE DISTRIBUTED RECOVERY clause
-
- of ALTER SYSTEM (SQL Language Reference)
- DISABLE FAST_START FAILOVER command (Data Guard Broker)
- [entry #2] (Data Guard Broker)
- DISABLE FAST_START FAILOVER CONDITION command (Data Guard Broker)
- disable method (Java Developer's Guide)
- DISABLE NOVALIDATE constraint state (SQL Language Reference)
- Disable Out-of-Band Break option in Oracle Net Manager (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- DISABLE PARALLEL DML clause
-
- of ALTER SESSION (SQL Language Reference)
- DISABLE procedure
-
- of DBMS_FLASHBACK package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- of DBMS_OUTPUT package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- of OWA_CACHE package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DISABLE Procedures (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DISABLE QUERY REWRITE clause
-
- of ALTER MATERIALIZED VIEW (SQL Language Reference)
- of CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW (SQL Language Reference)
- DISABLE RESTRICTED SESSION clause
-
- of ALTER SYSTEM (SQL Language Reference)
- DISABLE RESUMABLE clause
-
- of ALTER SESSION (SQL Language Reference)
- DISABLE ROW MOVEMENT clause
- [entry #2] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
-
- of ALTER TABLE (SQL Language Reference)
- of CREATE TABLE (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- DISABLE STORAGE IN ROW (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- DISABLE STORAGE IN ROW clause
-
- of ALTER TABLE (SQL Language Reference)
- of CREATE TABLE (SQL Language Reference)
- DISABLE TABLE LOCK clause
-
- of ALTER TABLE (SQL Language Reference)
- DISABLE VALIDATE constraint state (SQL Language Reference)
- DISABLE_BREAKPOINT function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DISABLE_DB_ACCESS procedure (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- disable_hierarchy PL/SQL procedure (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- DISABLE_HIERARCHY procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DISABLE_JOB Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DISABLE_OOB networking parameter (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Net Services Reference)
- disable_permission method (Java Developer's Guide)
- DISABLE_POLICY procedure (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- DISABLE_PROPAGATION_SCHEDULE Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DISABLE_QUERY_STATS procedure (Text Reference)
- DISABLE_REF_CONSTRAINTS procedure (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- DISABLE_SCHEMA_POLICY procedure (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- DISABLE_TABLE_POLICY procedure (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- disabled constraints (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [entry #3] (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- DISABLED function (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- DISABLED indexes (Concepts)
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- DISABLED keyword, disabling commands (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- disabled trigger
-
- definition (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- DISABLETRANSLATION Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- disableVersioning method (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- DisableVersioning procedure (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- disabling
-
- a destination for archived redo log files (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- broker configuration (Data Guard Broker)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Broker)
- broker management of standby database (Data Guard Broker)
- chains (Administrator's Guide)
- database access (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- databases (Data Guard Broker)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Broker)
- [subentry #3] (Data Guard Broker)
- fast-start failover (Data Guard Broker)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Broker)
-
- on a standby database (Data Guard Broker)
- jobs (Administrator's Guide)
- PL/SQL commands (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- programs (Administrator's Guide)
- propagation (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- propagations (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- See also each DISABLE command
- SQL commands (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SQL patch (Administrator's Guide)
- SQL*Plus commands (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- triggers (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- window groups (Administrator's Guide)
- windows (Administrator's Guide)
- workspace changes (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- disabling constraints
-
- existing (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- new (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- reasons for (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- disabling Oracle Clusterware (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- disabling parameter binding (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- disabling recoverer process (Administrator's Guide)
- disabling system features with Disabled default rule set (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- disabling transactional queries (Text Reference)
- disabling unnecessary services
-
- FTP, TFTP, TELNET (2 Day + Security Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- disambiguators
-
- in thesaural queries (Text Reference)
- in thesaurus import file (Text Reference)
- DISASSOCIATE command
-
- disabling (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- DISASSOCIATE STATISTICS statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- disaster protection
-
- benefits (Data Guard Broker)
- disaster recovery (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
-
- benefits (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- configuring (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- definition (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- provided by Data Guard (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- provided by standby databases (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- disc
-
- mounting (Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Installation Guide for Linux)
- DISCARD conflict resolution handler (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- discard conflict resolution method (Advanced Replication)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Replication)
- discard files
-
- SQL*Loader (Utilities)
-
- specifying a maximum (Utilities)
- DISCARD parameter
-
- SQL*Loader command-line (Utilities)
- discarded SQL*Loader records (Utilities)
-
- causes (Utilities)
- discard file (Utilities)
- limiting (Utilities)
- DISCARDMAX parameter
-
- SQL*Loader command-line (Utilities)
- DISCONNECT
-
- SQL*Plus command (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- DISCONNECT command (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- [entry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #4] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- DISCONNECT SESSION clause
-
- of ALTER SYSTEM (SQL Language Reference)
- DISCONNECT statement (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- DISCONNECT_SESSION procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
- DBMS_SERVICE PL/SQL package (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- disconnecting
-
- from Recovery Manager (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- disconnecting from instances (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- disconnection (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- discontinued loads (Utilities)
-
- continuing (Utilities)
- conventional path behavior (Utilities)
- direct path behavior (Utilities)
- Discoverer Plus OLAP (OLAP User's Guide)
- discovering disks (Storage Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Storage Administrator's Guide)
- discretionary access control (Concepts)
-
- definition (Concepts)
- discretionary access control (DAC) (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- discretization (binning)
-
- See also bins
- spatial (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- DISJOINT
-
- topological relationship (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- disk
-
- performance problems (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- spreading data (OLAP User's Guide)
- utilization
-
- about (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- monitoring (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- disk affinities
-
- disabling with large-scale clusters (Concepts)
- disk affinity
-
- parallel DML (Data Warehousing Guide)
- partitions (Data Warehousing Guide)
- disk API (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- disk devices
-
- in Automatic Storage Management (Installation Guide for Linux)
- managing with Automatic Storage Management (Installation Guide for Linux)
- disk discovery
-
- in Automatic Storage Management (2 Day DBA)
- [subentry #2] (Storage Administrator's Guide)
- disk drives
-
- archiving destination (Reference)
- disk failure
-
- in Automatic Storage Management (Storage Administrator's Guide)
- disk failures (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- disk group
-
- adding templates to (Storage Administrator's Guide)
- altering membership of (Storage Administrator's Guide)
- Automatic Storage Management (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- creating (Storage Administrator's Guide)
- dropping (Storage Administrator's Guide)
- dropping disks from (Storage Administrator's Guide)
- managing capacity in (Storage Administrator's Guide)
- manually rebalancing (Storage Administrator's Guide)
- mounting and dismounting (Storage Administrator's Guide)
- overview (2 Day DBA)
- recommendations for Automatic Storage Management disk groups (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- resizing disks in (Storage Administrator's Guide)
- undropping disks in (Storage Administrator's Guide)
- disk group compatibility (Storage Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Storage Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Storage Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Storage Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Upgrade Guide)
- disk group compatibility, considerations for (Storage Administrator's Guide)
- disk group compatibility, setting (Storage Administrator's Guide)
- disk group, Automatic Storage Management
-
- adding disks to (2 Day DBA)
- [subentry #2] (Storage Administrator's Guide)
- creating (2 Day DBA)
- [subentry #2] (Storage Administrator's Guide)
- dropping (2 Day DBA)
- [subentry #2] (Storage Administrator's Guide)
- dropping disks from (2 Day DBA)
- [subentry #2] (Storage Administrator's Guide)
- monitoring disk space usage (2 Day DBA)
- [subentry #2] (Storage Administrator's Guide)
- disk groups
-
- altering (SQL Language Reference)
- creating (SQL Language Reference)
- creating a tablespace in (SQL Language Reference)
- creating failure groups (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- creating files in (SQL Language Reference)
- dropping (SQL Language Reference)
- mounting (Storage Administrator's Guide)
- rebalancing (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Storage Administrator's Guide)
- setting attributes (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- specifying files in (SQL Language Reference)
- specifying files in control files (SQL Language Reference)
- understanding (Storage Administrator's Guide)
- disk groups, administering (Storage Administrator's Guide)
- disk groups, preferred read (Storage Administrator's Guide)
- disk I/O
-
- controlling with the AFFIRM and NOAFFIRM attributes (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- file system type (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- I/O slaves (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- tuning (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- disk I/O pacing
-
- tuning (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- disk redundancy (Data Warehousing Guide)
- disk space
-
- checking (Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #5] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #6] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #7] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #8] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #9] (Installation Guide for Linux)
- controlling allocation for tables (Concepts)
- datafiles used to allocate (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- requirement for Oracle base directory (Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Installation Guide for Linux)
- requirements for preconfigured database in Automatic Storage Management (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #3] (Installation Guide for Linux)
- disk space consumption (OLAP User's Guide)
- disk space requirements
- [entry #2] (Connect for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for IBM z/OS)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #4] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
-
- Administrator (Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- Custom (Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- Instant Client (Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- Runtime (Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- disk storage requirements for applications using Spatial (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- disk striping
-
- affinity (Data Warehousing Guide)
- disk usage
-
- monitoring (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- DISK_ASYNCH_IO initialization parameter (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #3] (Reference)
- DISK_REPAIR_TIME attribute (Storage Administrator's Guide)
- diskgroup_alias_clauses (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- diskgroup_availability (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- diskgroup_directory_clauses (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- diskgroup_template_clauses (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- disks
-
- adding (Storage Administrator's Guide)
- bringing online (SQL Language Reference)
- checking availability for ASM (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- checking availability for Automatic Storage Management (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #3] (Installation Guide for Linux)
- configuring for Automatic Storage Management (Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Installation Guide for Linux)
- discovering (Storage Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Storage Administrator's Guide)
- displaying attached disks (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Installation Guide for Linux)
-
- on Linux (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- on Linux (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- on Linux (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- dropping (Storage Administrator's Guide)
- monitoring operating system file activity (Performance Tuning Guide)
- monitoring performance (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- needed (2 Day + Data Warehousing Guide)
- preparing for Automatic Storage Management (Storage Administrator's Guide)
- specifying preferred read failure groups (Upgrade Guide)
- statistics (Performance Tuning Guide)
- supported for Automatic Storage Management (Installation Guide for Linux)
- taking offline (SQL Language Reference)
- understanding (Storage Administrator's Guide)
- DISM (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- dispatcher process (Dnnn) (Administrator's Guide)
- dispatcher processes (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
-
- creating additional (SQL Language Reference)
- described (Concepts)
- maximum number (Reference)
- terminating (SQL Language Reference)
- dispatcher processes (Dnnn)
-
- limiting SGA space for each session (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- listener process and (Concepts)
- network protocols and (Concepts)
- prevent startup and shutdown (Concepts)
- response queue and (Concepts)
- user processes connect through Oracle Net Services (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- dispatcher threads
-
- multithreaded Heterogeneous Services agents (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- dispatchers (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
-
- described (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- DISPATCHERS (DIS or DISP) attribute (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- DISPATCHERS initialization parameter
- [entry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- [entry #4] (Reference)
-
- configuring connection pooling (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- CONNECTIONS attribute (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- DISPATCHERS attribute (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- LISTENER attribute (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- MULTIPLEX attribute (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- POOL attribute (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- SERVICE attribute (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- SESSIONS attribute (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- setting attributes of (Administrator's Guide)
- setting initially (Administrator's Guide)
- specifying a service with (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- TICKS attribute (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- DISPATCHERS parameter
-
- MULTIPLEX attribute (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- PROTOCOL attribute (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- DISPLAY (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
-
- Oracle external datatype (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- DISPLAY data type (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- DISPLAY datatype (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- DISPLAY datatypes (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- DISPLAY environment variable (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
-
- setting (Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #3] (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #4] (Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #5] (Installation Guide for Linux)
- DISPLAY function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- Display list
-
- configuring defaults (Application Express User's Guide)
- display sets
-
- creating (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- defined (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- Display types of built-In functions (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- display URL (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #6] (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #7] (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- DISPLAY_AWR function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DISPLAY_CURSOR function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- display_errors directive (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- DISPLAY_SQL_PLAN_BASELINE Function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DISPLAY_SQLSET Function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- displaying
-
- configuration information (Data Guard Broker)
- help for DGMGRL commands (Data Guard Broker)
- help for Enterprise Manager (Data Guard Broker)
- LOB data for internal persistent LOBs (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- properties (Data Guard Broker)
- welcome pages for wizards (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- displaying data (OLAP User's Guide)
- displaying error messages (OLAP DML Reference)
- displaying output
-
- from PL/SQL (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- setting SERVEROUTPUT (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- using DBMS_OUTPUT.PUT_LINE (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- with DBMS_OUTPUT (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- DIST_TXN_SYNC Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- distance
-
- SDO_NN_DISTANCE ancillary operator (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- WITHIN_DISTANCE function (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- distance units (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- distance_unit attribute
-
- of route request (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- distance-based clustering models (Data Mining Concepts)
- DISTINCT clause
-
- of SELECT (SQL Language Reference)
- distinct method
-
- description (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- example of (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- distinct queries (SQL Language Reference)
- DISTINCT row operator (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- distinguished name (Reference)
- distinguished name (DN), defined (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- DistribTX
-
- connection string attribute for commands (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- distributed
-
- applications, support for (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- data facility (DDF) (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- distributed query optimizer (DQO)
-
- DRDA-specific parameters (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- DRDA-specific parameters (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- DRDA-specific parameters (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- performing distributed queries (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- DRDA transactions (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- operations, DB2 (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- queries
-
- two-phase commit (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- transaction, DRDA_RECOVERY_USERID (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- distributed applications
-
- distributing data (Administrator's Guide)
- Distributed Component Object Model (DCOM)
- [entry #2] (Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
-
- configuration (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- definition (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- distributed databases
-
- administration overview (Administrator's Guide)
- application development (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Administrator's Guide)
- auditing and (Concepts)
- case differences (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- client/server architectures (Administrator's Guide)
- client/server architectures and (Concepts)
- commit point strength (Administrator's Guide)
- configuring (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- connecting to (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- cost-based optimization (Administrator's Guide)
- database links (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- deadlocks and (Concepts)
- direct and indirect connections (Administrator's Guide)
- distributed processing (Administrator's Guide)
- distributed queries (Administrator's Guide)
- distributed SQL (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- distributed updates (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- federation (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- FOREIGN KEY constraints and (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- forming global database names (Administrator's Guide)
- global object names (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- globalization support (Administrator's Guide)
- initialization parameters (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- job queue processes (Concepts)
- location transparency (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- management tools (Administrator's Guide)
- managing read consistency (Administrator's Guide)
- memory requirements (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- modifying data (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- multiple policies (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- nodes of (Administrator's Guide)
- non-Oracle databases (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [subentry #2] (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
-
- best practices (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- Oracle Label Security configuration (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- overview (Administrator's Guide)
- post processing
-
- reducing (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- preparing for (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- queries (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- recoverer process (RECO) and (Concepts)
- remote dependencies (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- remote object security (Administrator's Guide)
- remote queries and updates (Administrator's Guide)
- remote session label (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- replicated databases and (Administrator's Guide)
- resumable space allocation (Administrator's Guide)
- running in ARCHIVELOG mode (Administrator's Guide)
- running in NOARCHIVELOG mode (Administrator's Guide)
- scenarios (Administrator's Guide)
- schema object name resolution (Administrator's Guide)
- schema-dependent global users (Administrator's Guide)
- schema-independent global users (Administrator's Guide)
- security (Administrator's Guide)
- server can also be client in (Concepts)
- site autonomy of (Administrator's Guide)
- SQL transparency (Administrator's Guide)
- starting a remote instance (Administrator's Guide)
- stored procedures (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [subentry #2] (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- synonyms (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- transaction processing (Administrator's Guide)
- transparency (Administrator's Guide)
- triggers and (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- tuning (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- two-phase commit (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- when to use (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- distributed management framework (Data Guard Broker)
- distributed procesing (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- distributed processing
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
-
- distributed databases (Administrator's Guide)
- support for (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- using Oracle Net for (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- distributed processing environment
-
- client/server architecture in (Concepts)
- data manipulation statements (Concepts)
- definition (Concepts)
- described (Concepts)
- materialized views (snapshots) (Concepts)
- distributed queries
- [entry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
-
- analyzing tables (Administrator's Guide)
- application development issues (Administrator's Guide)
- cost-based optimization (Administrator's Guide)
- definition (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- flashback features (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- optimizing (Administrator's Guide)
- optimizing performance (Heterogeneous Connectivity Administrator's Guide)
- restrictions on (SQL Language Reference)
- run-time errors in (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- distributed schema management (Advanced Replication)
- distributed SQL
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- [entry #3] (Concepts)
-
- definition (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- distributed SQL transactions (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- distributed systems
-
- data encryption (Administrator's Guide)
- distributed transaction (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- distributed transaction ID component (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- Distributed Transaction Processing (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- [entry #2] (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- Distributed Transactions (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- distributed transactions
- [entry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- [entry #6] (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
-
- branch qualifier (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- case study (Administrator's Guide)
- check for same resource manager (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- commit a transaction branch (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- commit point site (Administrator's Guide)
- commit point strength (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- committing (Administrator's Guide)
- commit-confirm (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- components and scenarios (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- concepts (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- database server role (Administrator's Guide)
- defined (Administrator's Guide)
- definition (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- directing to a single instance in the cluster (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- distributed transaction ID component (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- DML and DDL (Administrator's Guide)
- end a transaction branch (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- example of implementation (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- failure during (Administrator's Guide)
- global coordinator (Administrator's Guide)
- global transaction identifier (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- ID format identifier (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- introduction (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- in-doubt (Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- local coordinator (Administrator's Guide)
- lock timeout interval (Administrator's Guide)
- locked resources (Administrator's Guide)
- locks for in-doubt (Administrator's Guide)
- manually overriding in-doubt (Administrator's Guide)
- naming (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Concepts)
- Oracle XA connection implementation (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- Oracle XA data source implementation (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- Oracle XA ID implementation (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- Oracle XA optimizations (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- Oracle XA resource implementation (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- parallel DDL restrictions (Data Warehousing Guide)
- parallel DML restrictions (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- prepare a transaction branch (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- problems with (Advanced Replication)
- recovery requirements (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- requirements to ensure spatial index consistency (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- roll back a transaction branch (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- services in Oracle RAC (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- session trees (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #5] (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #6] (Administrator's Guide)
- setting advice (Administrator's Guide)
- start a transaction branch (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- support for serializable isolation level (Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- transaction branch ID component (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- transaction control statements (Administrator's Guide)
- transaction timeouts (Administrator's Guide)
- two-phase commit (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- two-phase commit and (Concepts)
- viewing database links (Administrator's Guide)
- XA connection interface (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- XA data source interface (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- XA error handling (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- XA exception classes (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- XA ID interface (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- XA resource functionality (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- XA resource interface (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- XA transactions span instances (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- XA transactions span instances, Preface (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- distributed updates (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- DISTRIBUTED_LOCK_TIMEOUT initialization parameter (Reference)
- distributed_recov_clauses (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- distribution
-
- hints for (SQL Language Reference)
- DISTRIBUTION column
-
- PLAN_TABLE table (Performance Tuning Guide)
- DIV function
-
- of HTF package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- div method, example of (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- DIV procedure
-
- of HTP package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DIVIDEBYZERO option (OLAP DML Reference)
- division (OLAP DML Reference)
-
- by zero (OLAP DML Reference)
- calculating the remainder (OLAP DML Reference)
- DLISTCLOSE function
-
- of HTF package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DLISTCLOSE procedure
-
- of HTP package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DLISTDEF function
-
- of HTF package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DLISTDEF procedure
-
- of HTP package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DLISTOPEN function
-
- of HTF package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DLISTOPEN procedure
-
- of HTP package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DLISTTERM function
-
- of HTF package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DLISTTERM procedure
-
- of HTP package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DLL
- [entry #2] (Extensions for .NET Developer's Guide)
-
- debugging (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- naming conventions (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- DM$P_MODEL_EXPIMP_TEMP table (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- DM$P_MODEL_IMPORT_TEMP table (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- DM$P_MODEL_TABKEY_TEMP table (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- DM_NESTED_CATEGORICALS (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- DM_NESTED_NUMERICALS (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #6] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #7] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #8] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- DM_USER_MODELS view (Reference)
- DMEIDMSYS (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- DML
-
- about locking (Application Express User's Guide)
- affect on scoring (Text Reference)
- batch updates on a logical standby database (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- Model object (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- See data manipulation language
- view pending (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- DML access
-
- subscribers (Data Warehousing Guide)
- DML error logging
-
- about (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- enabling (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- in ETL (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- limitations (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- DML error logging, inserting data with (Administrator's Guide)
- DML errors
-
- viewing (Text Reference)
- DML events (Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
- DML handlers (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #3] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #4] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
-
- creating (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- LOB assembly (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- monitoring (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- setting (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- unsetting (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- DML processing
-
- background (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- batch (Text Reference)
- DML queue (Text Application Developer's Guide)
-
- viewing (Text Reference)
- DML Returning (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
-
- example (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- limitations (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- Oracle-specific APIs (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- running statements (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- DML Returning Clause (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- DML returning clause (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- DML returning clauses (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- DML statements
- [entry #2] (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
-
- bulk binding for (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- executing (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- parallel (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- replication
-
- troubleshooting problems (Advanced Replication)
- that reference collections (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- DML transactions
-
- applying to a logical standby database (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- DML trigger
-
- creating (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- dml_event_clause (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- DML_LOCKS initialization parameter (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- [entry #3] (Reference)
- dml_table_expression_clause (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- DML. See data manipulation language
- DML. See Data Manipulation Language (DML)
- DML. See data manipulation language (DML)
- DMON
-
- See Data Guard monitor (DMON)
- DMS support
-
- command-line options for DMS (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- examples (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- overview of DMS support (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- runtime commands for DMS (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- sensors and metrics (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- SQLJ DMS properties files (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- DMSH (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- dmsh.sql (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- DMSHGRANTS (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- DMSYS (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- DMSYS schema
- DMSYS schema objects (Upgrade Guide)
- DMSYS, Preface (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- dmtxtfe.sql (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- DO action
- [entry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
-
- in the WHENEVER statement (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- of WHENEVER directive (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- result of (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- DO CALL action
-
- of WHENEVER directive (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- DO command (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
-
- used with FOR (OLAP DML Reference)
- used with SWITCH (OLAP DML Reference)
- used with WHILE (OLAP DML Reference)
- Do not create a database
-
- configuration type (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- DO option, of WHENEVER command (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- DO PERFORM action
-
- of WHENEVER directive (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- DO_DEFERRED_REPCAT_ADMIN procedure (Advanced Replication)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Replication)
- [entry #3] (Advanced Replication)
- [entry #4] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #5] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #6] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- do_query() function (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- DOCTYPE, definition, Glossary (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- document
-
- classification (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- classifying (Text Reference)
- clustering (Text Reference)
- filtering to HTML and plain text (Text Reference)
- document (DOM)
-
- definition (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- document attributes (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- DOCUMENT command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
- REMARK as newer version of (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- document creation Java APIs (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- document filtering
-
- AUTO_FILTER (Text Reference)
- document format
-
- affect on index performance (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- affect on performance (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- document formats
-
- filtering (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- supported (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Text Reference)
- unsupported (Text Reference)
- document invalidation (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- document link
-
- definition (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- obtaining information about (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- document loading
-
- SQL*Loader (Text Reference)
- document location hint
-
- definition (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- Document Location Hint, definition, Glossary (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- Document Object Model
-
- See DOM
- Document Object Model, definition, Glossary (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- document order
-
- existsNode SQL function (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- extract SQL function (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- XPath rewrite with collection (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- document presentation
-
- about (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- procedures (Text Reference)
- document sections (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- document service API (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- document services
-
- about (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- logging
-
- requests (Text Reference)
- Document Type Definition
-
- See DTD
- Document Type Definition, definition, Glossary (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- DOCUMENT variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- document view serialization, JCR
-
- definition (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- DOCUMENT_LINKS public view (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- DOCUMENT_LINKS view (Reference)
- documentation
- [entry #2] (Data Mining Concepts)
- [entry #3] (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
-
- .NET (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- Real Application Clusters (2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- [subentry #2] (2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- DocumentFragmentRef Interface
-
- DocumentFragmentRef() (XML C++ API Reference)
- Dom package (XML C++ API Reference)
- ~DocumentFragmentRef() (XML C++ API Reference)
- DocumentFragmentRef() (XML C++ API Reference)
- DocumentRange Interface
-
- createRange() (XML C++ API Reference)
- destroyRange() (XML C++ API Reference)
- DocumentRange() (XML C++ API Reference)
- Dom package (XML C++ API Reference)
- ~DocumentRange() (XML C++ API Reference)
- DocumentRange() (XML C++ API Reference)
- DocumentRef Interface
-
- createAttribute() (XML C++ API Reference)
- createAttributeNS() (XML C++ API Reference)
- createCDATASection() (XML C++ API Reference)
- createComment() (XML C++ API Reference)
- createDocumentFragment() (XML C++ API Reference)
- createElement() (XML C++ API Reference)
- createElementNS() (XML C++ API Reference)
- createEntityReference() (XML C++ API Reference)
- createProcessingInstruction() (XML C++ API Reference)
- createTextNode() (XML C++ API Reference)
- DocumentRef() (XML C++ API Reference)
- Dom package (XML C++ API Reference)
- getDoctype() (XML C++ API Reference)
- getDocumentElement() (XML C++ API Reference)
- getElementById() (XML C++ API Reference)
- getElementsByTagNameNS() (XML C++ API Reference)
- getImplementation() (XML C++ API Reference)
- importNode() (XML C++ API Reference)
- ~DocumentRef() (XML C++ API Reference)
- DocumentRef() (XML C++ API Reference)
- DocumentTraversal Interface
-
- createNodeIterator() (XML C++ API Reference)
- createTreeWalker() (XML C++ API Reference)
- destroyNodeIterator() (XML C++ API Reference)
- destroyTreeWalker() (XML C++ API Reference)
- DocumentTraversal() (XML C++ API Reference)
- Dom package (XML C++ API Reference)
- ~DocumentTraversal() (XML C++ API Reference)
- DocumentTraversal() (XML C++ API Reference)
- DocumentTypeRef Interface
-
- DocumentTypeRef() (XML C++ API Reference)
- Dom package (XML C++ API Reference)
- getEntities() (XML C++ API Reference)
- getInternalSubset() (XML C++ API Reference)
- getName() (XML C++ API Reference)
- getNotations() (XML C++ API Reference)
- getPublicId() (XML C++ API Reference)
- getSystemId() (XML C++ API Reference)
- ~DocumentTypeRef() (XML C++ API Reference)
- DocumentTypeRef() (XML C++ API Reference)
- document-centric use of XML data
-
- definition (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- document-correlated recursive query
-
- definition (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- DOEND command (OLAP DML Reference)
- DOM
-
- creating in Java (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- difference from SAX (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- document
-
- definition (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- fidelity (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
- for XML schema mapping (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- SYS_XDBPD$ attribute (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- using SQL function updateXML (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- Java API for XMLType (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- NamedNodeMap object (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- NodeList object (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- overview (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- PL/SQL API for XMLType (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- specifications (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- Dom Datatypes
-
- AcceptNodeCodes (XML C++ API Reference)
- CompareHowCode (XML C++ API Reference)
- DOMExceptionCode (XML C++ API Reference)
- DOMNodeType (XML C++ API Reference)
- RangeExceptionCode (XML C++ API Reference)
- WhatToShowCode (XML C++ API Reference)
- DOM fidelity
-
- definition (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- DOM fidelity, definition, Glossary (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- Dom package
-
- using (XML C++ API Reference)
- DOM package for C (XML C API Reference)
- Dom package for C++ (XML C++ API Reference)
- DOM, definition, Glossary (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- domain index (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Text Reference)
- domain indexes (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (SQL Language Reference)
- [entry #5] (SQL Language Reference)
- [entry #6] (SQL Language Reference)
-
- altering (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- and EXPLAIN PLAN (Performance Tuning Guide)
- and LONG columns (SQL Language Reference)
- associating statistics with (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- creating (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
-
- parallelizing, with table functions (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- creating, prerequisites (SQL Language Reference)
- definition (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- determining user-defined CPU and I/O costs (SQL Language Reference)
- example (SQL Language Reference)
- exporting and importing (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- invoking drop routines for (SQL Language Reference)
- loading (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- local partitioned (SQL Language Reference)
- modifying (SQL Language Reference)
- moving (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- parallelizing creation of (SQL Language Reference)
- rebuilding (SQL Language Reference)
- removing from the database (SQL Language Reference)
- replication (Advanced Replication)
- system managed (SQL Language Reference)
-
- associating statistics (SQL Language Reference)
- using (Performance Tuning Guide)
- domain indexing on LOB columns (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- domain information (CSW)
-
- deleting (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- Domain Name Service (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- domain name system (2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- domain of data cartridge (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- domain rules (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- domain_index_clause (SQL Language Quick Reference)
-
- of CREATE INDEX (SQL Language Reference)
- DOMAIN_INDEX_NO_SORT hint
-
- better throughput example (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- DOMAIN_LEVEL Function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DOMAIN_NAME initialization parameter (Installation Guide for Linux)
- domains
-
- defined with factors (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- finding database domain with DVF.F$DATABASE_DOMAIN (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- finding with DVF.F$DOMAIN (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- domains (CSW)
-
- setting information (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- DOMAINS Function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DOMAttr methods (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DOMBuilder Bean (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- DOMCDataSection methods (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DOMCharacterData methods (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DOMComment methods (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DOMDocument methods (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DOMDocumentType methods (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DOMEntity methods (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DOMException Interface
-
- Dom package (XML C++ API Reference)
- getDOMCode() (XML C++ API Reference)
- getMesLang() (XML C++ API Reference)
- getMessage() (XML C++ API Reference)
- DOMExceptionCode datatype, DOM package (XML C++ API Reference)
- DOMImplementation Interface
-
- Dom package (XML C++ API Reference)
- DOMImplementation() (XML C++ API Reference)
- getNoMod() (XML C++ API Reference)
- ~DOMImplementation() (XML C++ API Reference)
- DOMImplementation() (XML C++ API Reference)
- DOMImplRef Interface
-
- createDocument() (XML C++ API Reference)
- createDocumentType() (XML C++ API Reference)
- Dom package (XML C++ API Reference)
- DOMImplRef() (XML C++ API Reference)
- formDocument() (XML C++ API Reference)
- getImplementation() (XML C++ API Reference)
- getNoMod() (XML C++ API Reference)
- hasFeature() (XML C++ API Reference)
- setContext() (XML C++ API Reference)
- ~DOMImplRef() (XML C++ API Reference)
- DOMImplRef() (XML C++ API Reference)
- dominance
-
- definition (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- functions (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- greatest lower bound (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- inverse groups (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- least upper bound (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- overview (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- DOMINATED_BY function (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- DOMINATES function (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- DOMNamedNodeMap methods (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DOMNodeType datatype, DOM package (XML C++ API Reference)
- DOMParser Interface
-
- Parser package (XML C++ API Reference)
- DomParser Interface
-
- getContext() (XML C++ API Reference)
- getParserId() (XML C++ API Reference)
- parse() (XML C++ API Reference)
- parseDTD() (XML C++ API Reference)
- parseSchVal() (XML C++ API Reference)
- setValidator() (XML C++ API Reference)
- DOMParserIdType datatype, Parser package (XML C++ API Reference)
- DOMText methods (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- dot notation
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
-
- for collection methods (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- for global variables (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- for object attributes in PL/SQL (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- for object methods in PL/SQL (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- for package contents (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- using with methods (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- double byte character sets (DBCS)
-
- in application development (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- DOUBLE datatype (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Utilities)
- double message property (JMS)
-
- getting (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- setting (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- Double OLAP Java API data type (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- DOUBLE PRECISION
-
- NUMBER subtype (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- double quotes (OLAP DML Reference)
- Double.NaN
-
- restrictions on use (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- double-byte support (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #2] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- double-truncated queries (Text Reference)
- double-truncated searching
-
- improving performance (Text Reference)
- Douglas-Peucker algorithm for geometry simplification (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- DOWNGRADE clause
-
- of ALTER DATABASE (SQL Language Reference)
- DOWNGRADE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- downgrading
- [entry #2] (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
-
- backing up your database (Upgrade Guide)
- binary XML storage (Upgrade Guide)
- CATRELOD.SQL (Upgrade Guide)
- checking for incompatibilities (Upgrade Guide)
- Data Guard (Data Guard Broker)
- Oracle Enterprise Manager (Data Guard Broker)
- Oracle Spatial to the previous Oracle Database release (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- ORADIM (Upgrade Guide)
- patchset releases (Upgrade Guide)
- procedure for (Upgrade Guide)
- protection mode (Data Guard Broker)
- scripts (Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Upgrade Guide)
-
- rerunning (Upgrade Guide)
- downgrading an installed version of Oracle Multimedia (Multimedia User's Guide)
- downgrading to another Workspace Manager release (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- DOWNLOAD_FILE procedures (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- downloading
-
- sample code (2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- sample objects (2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- downstream capture (Data Warehousing Guide)
-
- upgrading (Upgrade Guide)
- downstream capture processes
-
- definition (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- downtime
-
- avoiding during planned maintenance (Concepts)
- avoiding during unplanned maintenance (Concepts)
- causes (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (High Availability Overview)
- cost (High Availability Overview)
- DQO
-
- also see distributed query optimizer (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- DRDA-specific parameters (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- Drag and Drop Layout
-
- about (Application Express User's Guide)
- accessing (Application Express User's Guide)
- creating new items (Application Express User's Guide)
- deleting items (Application Express User's Guide)
- editing items (Application Express User's Guide)
- Drag method (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- DragDrop event (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- DragIcon property (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- DragMode property (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- DragOver event (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- drc error code (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- drc* log files
-
- broker diagnostic information (Data Guard Broker)
- during reinstatement (Data Guard Broker)
- recording failed reinstatment (Data Guard Broker)
- DRCP (database resident connection pooling) (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- DRDA
-
- catalog (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- defining number of cursors (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- DRDA Application Server Function (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- session security options (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- DRDA Server
-
- languages and character sets in configuration (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- DRDA server
-
- architecture (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- capabilities, native semantics (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- CCSID
-
- character set to store data in DRDA database (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- character set to store data in DRDA database (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- gateway code page map facility (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- gateway codepage map facility (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- parameters needed for Globalization Support (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- parameters needed for Globalization Support (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- character sets
-
- known restrictions (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- configuring
-
- DB2/400 (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- DB2/400 (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- DB2/OS390 (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- DB2/OS390 (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- DB2/UDB (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- DB2/UDB (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- functions (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- Hostname or IP Address (configuring TCP/IP, worksheet) (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- Service Port Number (configuring TCP/IP, worksheet) (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- stored procedures (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- DRDA Server, Oracle Database Gateway (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- DRDA, Oracle Database Gateway (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- DRDA_CODEPAGE_MAP parameter (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #2] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- DRDA_COMM_BUFLEN parameter (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #2] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- DRDA_CONNECT_PARM (TCP/IP format) parameter (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #2] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- DRDA_CONNECT_PARM parameter
-
- communication errors (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- DRDA_DEFAULT_CCSID parameter (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #2] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- DRDA_DESCRIBE_TABLE parameter
-
- defined (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- known restrictions (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- DRDA_DESCRIBE_TABLE=FALSE initialization parameter
-
- known restrictions (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- DRDA_DISABLE_CALL parameter
-
- defined (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- DRDA_FLUSH_CACHE parameter (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #2] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- DRDA_GRAPHIC_LIT_CHECK parameter (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #2] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- DRDA_GRAPHIC_PAD_SIZE parameter (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #2] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- DRDA_GRAPHIC_TO_MBCS parameter (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #2] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- DRDA_ISOLATION_LEVEL parameter (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #2] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- DRDA_LOCAL_NODE_NAME parameter (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #2] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- DRDA_MBCS_TO_GRAPHIC parameter (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #2] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- DRDA_OPTIMIZE_QUERY parameter
-
- defined (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- DQO capability turned on and off (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- DRDA_PACKAGE_COLLID parameter
-
- defined (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- errors detected by the server database (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- DRDA_PACKAGE_CONSTOKEN parameter (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #2] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- DRDA_PACKAGE_NAME parameter
-
- defined (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- errors detected by the server database (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- DRDA_PACKAGE_OWNER parameter (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #2] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- DRDA_PACKAGE_SECTIONS parameter
-
- defined (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- defining the number of DRDA cursors (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- DRDA_READ_ONLY parameter
- [entry #2] (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
-
- defined (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- DRDA_RECOVER_USERID
-
- DB2/400 (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- DB2/OS390 (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- if the user ID is not specified (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- DRDA_RECOVER_USERID parameter
-
- DB2/400 (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- DB2/OS390 (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- DRDA_RECOVERY_PASSWORD parameter
-
- DB2/400 (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- DB2/OS390 (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- DB2/UDB (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- defined (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- defining the recovery user ID (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- DRDA_RECOVERY_USERID parameter
-
- DB2/400 (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- DB2/OS390 (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- DB2/UDB (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- defined (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- defining the recovery user ID (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- DRDA_REMOTE_DB_NAME parameter (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #2] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- drillable reports (OLAP User's Guide)
- drilling (OLAP User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (OLAP User's Guide)
- drilling (Application Express) (OLAP User's Guide)
- drilling down (Data Warehousing Guide)
-
- hierarchies (Data Warehousing Guide)
- drilling in a hierarchy, example of (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- driver option (customizer harness) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- driver procedure
-
- on gateway using SNA (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- on gateway using TCP/IP (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- driver registration option (sqlj -driver) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- DriverManager objects (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- drivers (Concepts)
-
- ODBC (Gateway for ODBC User's Guide)
- third-party JDBC (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- driverType (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- driving context (Security Guide)
- driving directions
-
- in route request (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- driving_directions_detail attribute
-
- of route request (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- DRIVING_SITE hint (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- DROP ANY CLUSTER system privilege (SQL Language Reference)
- DROP ANY CONTEXT system privilege (SQL Language Reference)
- DROP ANY CUBE BUILD PROCESS system privilege (SQL Language Reference)
- DROP ANY CUBE DIMENSION system privilege (SQL Language Reference)
- DROP ANY CUBE system privilege (SQL Language Reference)
- DROP ANY DIMENSION system privilege (SQL Language Reference)
- DROP ANY DIRECTORY system privilege (SQL Language Reference)
- DROP ANY INDEX system privilege (SQL Language Reference)
- DROP ANY INDEXTYPE system privilege (SQL Language Reference)
- DROP ANY LIBRARY system privilege (SQL Language Reference)
- DROP ANY MATERIALIZED VIEW system privilege (SQL Language Reference)
- DROP ANY MEASURE FOLDER system privilege (SQL Language Reference)
- DROP ANY MINING MODEL (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- DROP ANY MINING MODEL system privilege (SQL Language Reference)
- DROP ANY OPERATOR system privilege (SQL Language Reference)
- DROP ANY OUTLINE system privilege (SQL Language Reference)
- DROP ANY PROCEDURE system privilege (SQL Language Reference)
- DROP ANY ROLE system privilege (SQL Language Reference)
- DROP ANY SEQUENCE system privilege (SQL Language Reference)
- DROP ANY SYNONYM system privilege (SQL Language Reference)
- DROP ANY TABLE statement (2 Day + Security Guide)
- DROP ANY TABLE system privilege (SQL Language Reference)
- DROP ANY TRIGGER system privilege (SQL Language Reference)
- DROP ANY TYPE privilege (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
-
- See also privileges
- DROP ANY TYPE system privilege (SQL Language Reference)
- DROP ANY VIEW system privilege (SQL Language Reference)
- DROP CATALOG command (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- DROP clause
-
- of ALTER DIMENSION (SQL Language Reference)
- of ALTER INDEXTYPE (SQL Language Reference)
- DROP CLUSTER statement
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
-
- CASCADE CONSTRAINTS clause (Administrator's Guide)
- dropping cluster (Administrator's Guide)
- dropping cluster index (Administrator's Guide)
- dropping hash cluster (Administrator's Guide)
- INCLUDING TABLES clause (Administrator's Guide)
- DROP COLUMN clause
-
- of ALTER TABLE (SQL Language Reference)
- DROP command
-
- disabling (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- DROP CONSTRAINT clause
-
- of ALTER TABLE (SQL Language Reference)
- DROP constraint clause
-
- of ALTER VIEW (SQL Language Reference)
- DROP CONTEXT statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- DROP DATABASE command (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [entry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- DROP DATABASE LINK statement (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #4] (SQL Language Reference)
- DROP DATABASE statement (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- DROP DIMENSION statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- DROP DIRECTORY statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- DROP DISKGROUP statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- DROP FLASHBACK ARCHIVE statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- DROP FUNCTION statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- DROP INDEX statement (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #4] (SQL Language Reference)
- [entry #5] (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- [entry #6] (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #7] (Text Reference)
- DROP INDEXTYPE statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- DROP JAVA statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- DROP LIBRARY statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- DROP LOGFILE clause
-
- ALTER DATABASE statement (Administrator's Guide)
- of ALTER DATABASE (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- DROP LOGFILE MEMBER clause
-
- ALTER DATABASE statement (Administrator's Guide)
- of ALTER DATABASE (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- DROP MATERIALIZED VIEW LOG statement (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #4] (SQL Language Reference)
- DROP MATERIALIZED VIEW statement (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
-
- prebuilt tables (Data Warehousing Guide)
- Drop method (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- DROP OPERATOR statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- DROP OUTLINE statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- DROP PACKAGE BODY statement (SQL Language Reference)
- DROP PACKAGE statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- DROP PARTITION clause
- [entry #2] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
-
- of ALTER INDEX (SQL Language Reference)
- of ALTER TABLE (SQL Language Reference)
- DROP PRIMARY constraint clause
-
- of ALTER TABLE (SQL Language Reference)
- DROP PROCEDURE statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- DROP PROFILE statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
-
- example (Security Guide)
- DROP PROFILE system privilege (SQL Language Reference)
- DROP PUBLIC DATABASE LINK system privilege (SQL Language Reference)
- DROP PUBLIC SYNONYM system privilege (SQL Language Reference)
- DROP RESTORE POINT statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- DROP ROLE statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
-
- example (Security Guide)
- monitoring (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- security domain, affected (Security Guide)
- DROP ROLLBACK SEGMENT statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- DROP ROLLBACK SEGMENT system privilege (SQL Language Reference)
- DROP SEQUENCE statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- DROP STANDBY LOGFILE clause
-
- of ALTER DATABASE (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- DROP STANDBY LOGFILE MEMBER clause
-
- of ALTER DATABASE (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #3] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #4] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- DROP statement (Concepts)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for Adabas User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for IMS User's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Gateway for Informix User's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Gateway for ODBC User's Guide)
- [entry #6] (Gateway for SQL Server User's Guide)
- [entry #7] (Gateway for Sybase User's Guide)
- [entry #8] (Gateway for Teradata User's Guide)
- [entry #9] (Gateway for VSAM User's Guide)
- DROP statements
-
- triggers on (SQL Language Reference)
- DROP SUPPLEMENTAL LOG DATA clause
-
- of ALTER DATABASE (SQL Language Reference)
- DROP SUPPLEMENTAL LOG DATA clause of ALTER DATABASE (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- DROP SUPPLEMENTAL LOG GROUP clause
- [entry #2] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
-
- of ALTER TABLE (SQL Language Reference)
- DROP SYNONYM statement (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- DROP TABLE statement
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
-
- about (Administrator's Guide)
- auditing (2 Day + Security Guide)
- CASCADE CONSTRAINTS clause (Administrator's Guide)
- for clustered tables (Administrator's Guide)
- monitoring (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- triggers (Concepts)
- DROP TABLESPACE statement (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- DROP TABLESPACE system privilege (SQL Language Reference)
- DROP TRIGGER statement (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- DROP TYPE BODY statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- DROP TYPE statement (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- DROP UNIQUE constraint clause
-
- of ALTER TABLE (SQL Language Reference)
- DROP USER CASCADE restriction (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- DROP USER statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
-
- about (Security Guide)
- monitoring (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- schema objects of dropped user (Security Guide)
- DROP USER system privilege (SQL Language Reference)
- DROP VALUES clause
-
- of ALTER TABLE ... MODIFY PARTITION (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- DROP VIEW statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- DROP_ACL Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DROP_ALL function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DROP_ALL_COMPARTMENTS procedure (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- DROP_ALL_GROUPS procedure (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- DROP_ALL_OBJECTS procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- DROP_ALL_TEMPLATE_PARMS procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- DROP_ALL_TEMPLATE_SITES procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- DROP_ALL_TEMPLATES procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- DROP_ALL_USER_AUTHORIZATIONS procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- DROP_ALL_USER_PARM_VALUES procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- DROP_ANALYSIS_TASK Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DROP_APPLY procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- DROP_ATTRIBUTE_SET procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
- DROP_BASELINE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- drop_binding_clause (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- DROP_BY_CAT procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DROP_CAPTURE procedure
- [entry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #3] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
-
- capture process
-
- dropping (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- drop_column_clause (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- DROP_COLUMN_GROUP procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- DROP_COMPARISON Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DROP_COMPARISON procedure (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- DROP_COMPARTMENT procedure (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- DROP_COMPARTMENTS function (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- DROP_CONDITIONS_TABLE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- drop_constraint_clause (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- DROP_DAD Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DROP_DELETE_RESOLUTION procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- DROP_DEPENDENCIES procedure (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- DROP_DIAGNOSIS_TASK Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- drop_disk_clauses (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- drop_diskgroup_file_clause (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- DROP_EDIT_TABLES procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DROP_ENTAILMENT procedure (Semantic Technologies Developer's Guide)
- DROP_EVALUATION_CONTEXT procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DROP_EVENT_STRUCT procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DROP_EXPFIL_INDEXES procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- drop_extended_stats (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [entry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- DROP_EXTENDED_STATS Function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DROP_FILE function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DROP_FILE_GROUP procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DROP_GROUP procedure (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- DROP_GROUPED_COLUMN procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- DROP_GROUPS procedure (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- drop_index_partition (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- DROP_INSTANCE procedure (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- DROP_INTERFACE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DROP_LABEL function (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- DROP_LEVEL procedure (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- drop_logfile_clauses (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- DROP_MASTER_REPGROUP procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- DROP_MASTER_REPOBJECT procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- DROP_MODEL procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DROP_MVIEW_REPGROUP procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #3] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- DROP_MVIEW_REPOBJECT procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- DROP_NETWORK procedure (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- DROP_OBJECT_DEPENDENCY procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DROP_PHRASE procedure (Text Reference)
- DROP_POLICY procedure (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Text Reference)
- DROP_PREFERENCE procedure (Text Reference)
- DROP_PRIORITY procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- DROP_PRIORITY_CHAR procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- DROP_PRIORITY_datatype procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- DROP_PRIORITY_DATE procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- DROP_PRIORITY_GROUP procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- DROP_PRIORITY_NUMBER procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- DROP_PRIORITY_VARCHAR2 procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- DROP_PROPAGATION procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- DROP_REFRESH_TEMPLATE procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- DROP_RELATION procedure (Text Reference)
- DROP_REWRITE_EQUIVALENCE Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DROP_RULE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- DROP_RULE_CLASS procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DROP_RULE_SET procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- DROP_RULEBASE procedure (Semantic Technologies Developer's Guide)
- DROP_RULES_INDEX procedure (Semantic Technologies Developer's Guide)
- DROP_SCHEDULE procedure (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- DROP_SEM_MODEL procedure (Semantic Technologies Developer's Guide)
- DROP_SEM_NETWORK procedure (Semantic Technologies Developer's Guide)
- DROP_SITE_INSTANTIATION procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #3] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #4] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- DROP_SITE_PRIORITY procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- DROP_SITE_PRIORITY_SITE procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- DROP_SNAPSHOT_RANGE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DROP_SQL_PATCH Function & Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DROP_SQL_PLAN_BASELINE (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DROP_SQL_PROFILE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DROP_SQLSETprocedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DROP_STAT_TABLE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DROP_STOPLIST procedure (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Text Reference)
- drop_table_partition (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- drop_table_subpartition (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- DROP_TEMPLATE_OBJECT procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- DROP_TEMPLATE_PARM procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- DROP_THESAURUS procedure (Text Reference)
- DROP_TOPO_MAP procedure (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- DROP_TOPOLOGY procedure (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- DROP_TRANSFORMATION procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DROP_TRANSLATION procedure (Text Reference)
- DROP_TUNING_TASK procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DROP_UNIQUE_RESOLUTION procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- DROP_UNUSED procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DROP_UPDATE_RESOLUTION procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- DROP_USER_ACCESS procedure (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- DROP_USER_AUTHORIZATION procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- DROP_USER_INFERENCE_OBJS procedure (Semantic Technologies Developer's Guide)
- DROP_USER_PARM_VALUE procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- DROP_VERSION procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DROP_VIEW procedure (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
-
- of DBMS_HS_PARALLEL package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DROP_WORK_TABLES procedure (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- dropFeatureType method (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- DropFeatureType procedure (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- DropFeatureTypes procedure (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- dropjava (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- dropjava method (Java Developer's Guide)
- dropjava tool (Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- dropped snapshots
-
- Import (Utilities)
- dropped tables, retrieving (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- dropping
-
- a schedule (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- aliases from a disk group (Storage Administrator's Guide)
- an instance (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- AQ agents (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- Automatic Storage Management templates (Storage Administrator's Guide)
- chain steps (Administrator's Guide)
- chains (Administrator's Guide)
- datafiles (Administrator's Guide)
- dimensions (Data Warehousing Guide)
- disk groups (Storage Administrator's Guide)
- disks from a disk group (Storage Administrator's Guide)
- disks from Automatic Storage Management disk group (2 Day DBA)
- [subentry #2] (Storage Administrator's Guide)
- files from a disk group (Storage Administrator's Guide)
- job classes (Administrator's Guide)
- jobs (Administrator's Guide)
- materialized views (Data Warehousing Guide)
- online redo log files (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- programs (Administrator's Guide)
- propagations (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- queue tables (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- queues (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- rules from chains (Administrator's Guide)
- schedules (Administrator's Guide)
- SQL patch (Administrator's Guide)
- tempfiles (Administrator's Guide)
- transformations (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- triggers (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- window groups (Administrator's Guide)
- windows (Administrator's Guide)
- dropping a database (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- dropping a database link (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- dropping a subscriber (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- dropping alias library (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- dropping an index (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- dropping change tables (Data Warehousing Guide)
- dropping columns from tables (Administrator's Guide)
-
- marking unused (Administrator's Guide)
- remove unused columns (Administrator's Guide)
- dropping constraints (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- dropping database links (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- dropping datafiles
-
- Oracle-managed (Administrator's Guide)
- dropping disks (Storage Administrator's Guide)
- dropping indexes (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- dropping Java schema objects (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- dropping packages (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- dropping partitioned tables (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- dropping subprograms (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- dropping tables
-
- CASCADE clause (Administrator's Guide)
- consequences of (Administrator's Guide)
- dropping tempfiles
-
- Oracle-managed (Administrator's Guide)
- dropping the recovery catalog (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- DROPPREFERENCES procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- dropRecordType method (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- DropReplicationSupport procedure (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- DROPREPOSITORYXMLINDEX Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- dropXMLTableIndex method (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- drop-down list
-
- creating (2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- ds_iso_format of TO_DSINTERVAL function (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- DSA keys (2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- DSECONDS option (OLAP DML Reference)
- DSINTERVAL data type (OLAP DML Reference)
- DSINTERVAL function (OLAP DML Reference)
- DSKM process (Concepts)
- DSNTIAR
-
- DB2 compatible feature (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- DSNTIAR routine (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- DSPRDBDIRE command (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #2] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- DSS database
-
- partitioning indexes (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- DST networking parameter (Net Services Reference)
-
- COST parameter (Net Services Reference)
- DTD
-
- definition (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- support in Oracle XML DB (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- use with Oracle XML DB (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- DTD, definition, Glossary (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- DTDs
-
- external (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- DTP
- [entry #2] (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- [entry #3] (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
-
- see X/Open Distributed Transaction Architecture
- DTP model (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- DTP Service. (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- DTP/XA transactions (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- du ASMCMD (Storage Administrator's Guide)
- DUAL dummy table (SQL Language Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- dual mode backup encryption (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- DUAL table (Concepts)
-
- about (Security Guide)
- dual-mode backup encryption (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- dummy API (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- dummy host variables
- [entry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
-
- placeholders (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- dump files (OLAP User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
- Export and Import (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- generated by export utilities (Upgrade Guide)
- maximum size (Utilities)
- DUMP function (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- DUMP_ORPHAN_KEYS procedure (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
- checking sync (Administrator's Guide)
- DBMS_REPAIR package (Administrator's Guide)
- example (Administrator's Guide)
- recovering data (Administrator's Guide)
- DUMPFILE parameter
-
- Data Pump Export utility (Utilities)
- Data Pump Import utility (Utilities)
- dumps (Administrator's Guide)
- DUP_VAL_ON_INDEX exception (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- duplexing backup sets (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- DUPLICATE command (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [entry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- duplicate databases (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
-
- active database duplication (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- creating
-
- on local host (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- on remote host with different file system (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- on remote host with same file system (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- using CONFIGURE AUXNAME (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- datafiles (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- generating control files (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- generating filenames (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- how RMAN creates (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- overview (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- preparing for duplication (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- restoring archival backups (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- skipping offline normal tablespaces (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- skipping read-only tablespaces (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- duplicate triples
-
- checking for (Semantic Technologies Developer's Guide)
- duplicate vertices
-
- removing (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- DUPLICATES clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- duplicating a user (2 Day DBA)
- duplicating databases
-
- active database duplication (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- backup-based duplication (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- duplicating indexes with scripts (Text Reference)
- duplicating policy with script (Text Reference)
- DurableSubscriber
-
- about (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- creating
-
- for JMS Topic (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- for JMS Topic (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- for Oracle object type Topic (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- for Oracle object type Topic (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- unsubscribing
-
- for a local subscriber (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- for a remote subscriber (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- duration
- [entry #2] (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
-
- example (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- LINK_DURATION_COLUMN column in network metadata views (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- NODE_DURATION_COLUMN column in network metadata views (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- of objects (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- duration of primitive events (Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
- DURATION parameter, BACKUP command (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- DURATION precompiler option (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- Dutch
-
- composite word indexing (Text Reference)
- fuzzy matching (Text Reference)
- index defaults (Text Reference)
- stemming (Text Reference)
- supplied stoplist (Text Reference)
- duties of a network administrator (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- duties, of security administrators (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- DV_ACCTMGR role
-
- about (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- adding to Data Dictionary realm (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DV_ADMIN role (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DV_OWNER role (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DV_PUBLIC role (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DV_REALM_OWNER role (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DV_REALM_RESOURCE role (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DV_SECANALYST role (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DVA
-
- See Oracle Database Vault Administrator
- DVCA
-
- See Oracle Database Vault Configuration Assistant
- DVCA. See Database Vault Configuration Assistant
- DVF account
-
- auditing policy (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- database accounts
-
- DVF (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DVF schema (Vault Administrator's Guide)
-
- about (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- auditing policy (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DVSYS account (Vault Administrator's Guide)
-
- auditing policy (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DVSYS schema
-
- about (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- auditing policy (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- command rules (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DV_OWNER role (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- factor validation methods (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DVSYS.DBMS_MACADM package
-
- about (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- command rule functions, listed (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- factor functions, listed (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- Oracle Label Security policy functions, listed (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- realm functions, listed (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- rule set functions, listed (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- secure application role functions, listed (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DVSYS.DBMS_MACADM.ADD_AUTH_TO_REALM function (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DVSYS.DBMS_MACADM.ADD_FACTOR_LINK function (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DVSYS.DBMS_MACADM.ADD_OBJECT_TO_REALM function (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DVSYS.DBMS_MACADM.ADD_POLICY_FACTOR function (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DVSYS.DBMS_MACADM.ADD_RULE_TO_RULE_SET function (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DVSYS.DBMS_MACADM.CHANGE_IDENTITY_FACTOR function (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DVSYS.DBMS_MACADM.CHANGE_IDENTITY_VALUE function (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DVSYS.DBMS_MACADM.CREATE_COMMAND_RULE function (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DVSYS.DBMS_MACADM.CREATE_DOMAIN_IDENTITY function (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DVSYS.DBMS_MACADM.CREATE_FACTOR function (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DVSYS.DBMS_MACADM.CREATE_FACTOR_TYPE function (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DVSYS.DBMS_MACADM.CREATE_IDENTITY function (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DVSYS.DBMS_MACADM.CREATE_IDENTITY_MAP function (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DVSYS.DBMS_MACADM.CREATE_MAC_POLICY function (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DVSYS.DBMS_MACADM.CREATE_POLICY_LABEL function (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DVSYS.DBMS_MACADM.CREATE_REALM function (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DVSYS.DBMS_MACADM.CREATE_ROLE function (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DVSYS.DBMS_MACADM.CREATE_RULE function (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DVSYS.DBMS_MACADM.CREATE_RULE_SET function (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DVSYS.DBMS_MACADM.DELETE_AUTH_FROM_REALM function (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DVSYS.DBMS_MACADM.DELETE_COMMAND_RULE function (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DVSYS.DBMS_MACADM.DELETE_FACTOR function (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DVSYS.DBMS_MACADM.DELETE_FACTOR_LINK function (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DVSYS.DBMS_MACADM.DELETE_FACTOR_TYPE function (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DVSYS.DBMS_MACADM.DELETE_IDENTITY function (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DVSYS.DBMS_MACADM.DELETE_IDENTITY_MAP function (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DVSYS.DBMS_MACADM.DELETE_MAC_POLICY_CASCADE function (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DVSYS.DBMS_MACADM.DELETE_OBJECT_FROM_REALM function (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DVSYS.DBMS_MACADM.DELETE_POLICY_FACTOR function (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DVSYS.DBMS_MACADM.DELETE_POLICY_LABEL function (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DVSYS.DBMS_MACADM.DELETE_REALM function (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DVSYS.DBMS_MACADM.DELETE_REALM_CASCADE function (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DVSYS.DBMS_MACADM.DELETE_ROLE function (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DVSYS.DBMS_MACADM.DELETE_RULE function (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DVSYS.DBMS_MACADM.DELETE_RULE_FROM_RULE_SET function (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DVSYS.DBMS_MACADM.DELETE_RULE_SET function (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DVSYS.DBMS_MACADM.DROP_DOMAIN_IDENTITY function (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DVSYS.DBMS_MACADM.GET_INSTANCE_INFO function (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DVSYS.DBMS_MACADM.GET_SESSION_INFO function (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DVSYS.DBMS_MACADM.RENAME_FACTOR function (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DVSYS.DBMS_MACADM.RENAME_FACTOR_TYPE function (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DVSYS.DBMS_MACADM.RENAME_REALM function (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DVSYS.DBMS_MACADM.RENAME_ROLE function (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DVSYS.DBMS_MACADM.RENAME_RULE function (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DVSYS.DBMS_MACADM.RENAME_RULE_SET function (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DVSYS.DBMS_MACADM.SYNC_RULES function (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DVSYS.DBMS_MACADM.UPDATE_COMMAND_RULE function (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DVSYS.DBMS_MACADM.UPDATE_FACTOR function (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DVSYS.DBMS_MACADM.UPDATE_FACTOR_TYPE function (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DVSYS.DBMS_MACADM.UPDATE_IDENTITY function (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DVSYS.DBMS_MACADM.UPDATE_MAC_POLICY function (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DVSYS.DBMS_MACADM.UPDATE_REALM function (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DVSYS.DBMS_MACADM.UPDATE_REALM_AUTH function (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DVSYS.DBMS_MACADM.UPDATE_ROLE function (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DVSYS.DBMS_MACADM.UPDATE_RULE function (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DVSYS.DBMS_MACADM.UPDATE_RULE_SET function (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DVSYS.DBMS_MACSEC_ROLES package
-
- about (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- functions, listed (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DVSYS.DBMS_MACSEC_ROLES.CAN_SET_ROLE function (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DVSYS.DBMS_MACSEC_ROLES.SET_ROLE function (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DVSYS.DBMS_MACUTL package
-
- about (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- fields (constants), listed (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- functions, listed (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DVSYS.DBMS_MACUTL.CHECK_DVSYS_DML_ALLOWED function (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DVSYS.DBMS_MACUTL.GET_CODE_ID function (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DVSYS.DBMS_MACUTL.GET_CODE_VALUE function (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DVSYS.DBMS_MACUTL.GET_DAY function (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DVSYS.DBMS_MACUTL.GET_FACTOR_CONTEXT function (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DVSYS.DBMS_MACUTL.GET_HOUR function (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DVSYS.DBMS_MACUTL.GET_MESSAGE_LABEL function (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DVSYS.DBMS_MACUTL.GET_MINUTE function (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DVSYS.DBMS_MACUTL.GET_MONTH function (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DVSYS.DBMS_MACUTL.GET_SECOND function (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DVSYS.DBMS_MACUTL.GET_SQL_TEXT function (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DVSYS.DBMS_MACUTL.GET_YEAR function (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DVSYS.DBMS_MACUTL.IN_CALL_STACK function (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DVSYS.DBMS_MACUTL.IS_ALPHA function (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DVSYS.DBMS_MACUTL.IS_DIGIT function (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DVSYS.DBMS_MACUTL.IS_DVSYS_OWNER function (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DVSYS.DBMS_MACUTL.IS_OLS_INSTALLED function (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DVSYS.DBMS_MACUTL.IS_OLS_INSTALLED_VARCHAR function (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DVSYS.DBMS_MACUTL.RAISE_UNAUTHORIZED_OPERATION function (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DVSYS.DBMS_MACUTL.TO_ORACLE_IDENTIFIER function (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DVSYS.DBMS_MACUTL.USER_HAS_OBJECT_PRIVILEGE function (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DVSYS.DBMS_MACUTL.USER_HAS_ROLE function (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DVSYS.DBMS_MACUTL.USER_HAS_ROLE_VARCHAR function (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DVSYS.DBMS_MACUTL.USER_HAS_SYSTEM_PRIVILEGE function (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DWDM
-
- Dense Wavelength Division Multiplexing. (High Availability Overview)
- DY datetime format element (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- Dyanset object
-
- using (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- DYLD_LIBRARY_PATH environment variable (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- dynamic cache parameters (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- dynamic dictionary mapping (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- dynamic dispatch (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- dynamic help (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol. See DHCP
- dynamic HTML
-
- user-defined report example (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- Dynamic Link Libraries (DLLs) (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- dynamic linking
-
- Oracle libraries and precompilers (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- dynamic method dispatch (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- Dynamic Monitoring Service, SQLJ support (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- dynamic multiple-row queries (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- DYNAMIC option
-
- effect on functionality (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- dynamic Oracle Virtual Private Database policy types (Security Guide)
- dynamic ownership
-
- conflict avoidance and (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- locating owner of a row (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- obtaining ownership (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- workflow partitioning (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- dynamic parameters
-
- AQ_TM_PROCESSES (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- JOB_QUEUE_PROCESSES (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- dynamic partitioning (Concepts)
- dynamic performance tables (OLAP User's Guide)
-
- CATALOG.SQL script (Reference)
- public synonyms (V$) (Reference)
- views (V_$) (Reference)
- dynamic performance tables (V$ tables) (Concepts)
- dynamic performance views
-
- changes (Upgrade Guide)
- creating (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- deprecated (Upgrade Guide)
- for performance monitoring (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- Heterogeneous Services (Heterogeneous Connectivity Administrator's Guide)
-
- determining open sessions (Heterogeneous Connectivity Administrator's Guide)
- determining which agents are on host (Heterogeneous Connectivity Administrator's Guide)
- obsolete (Upgrade Guide)
- replication (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- V$NLS_PARAMETERS (Globalization Support Guide)
- V$NLS_VALID_VALUES (Globalization Support Guide)
- with dropped columns (Upgrade Guide)
- with renamed columns (Upgrade Guide)
- dynamic PL/SQL
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
-
- rules for (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- versus dynamic SQL (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- DYNAMIC policy type (Security Guide)
- dynamic predicates
-
- in security policies (Concepts)
- dynamic queries (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- dynamic query window (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- dynamic registration (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
-
- Oracle XA Library (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- dynamic resource allocation
-
- overview (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- dynamic sampling
-
- improving performance (Performance Tuning Guide)
- level settings (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- process (Performance Tuning Guide)
- purpose (Performance Tuning Guide)
- when to use (Performance Tuning Guide)
- dynamic sites
-
- ownership (Advanced Replication)
- dynamic Source objects
-
- definition (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- example of getting (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- produced by a Template (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- Dynamic SQL (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- dynamic SQL
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
-
- advantages and disadvantages (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- advantages and disadvantages of (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- anonymous blocks and (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- cannot use cursor variables with (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- choosing the right method (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- DBMS_SQL functions, using (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_SQL package (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- defined (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- definition of (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- embedded (Concepts)
- execution flow in (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- guidelines (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- guidelines for (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- in JDBC code (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- in PL/SQL code (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- method 1 (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- method 2 (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- method 3 (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- method 4 (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- native (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- OracleCallableStatement (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- OraclePreparedStatement (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- overview (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- overview of (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- restriction on (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- restrictions (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- restrictions on use of datatypes (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- restrictions on using datatypes in (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- switching between native dynamic SQL and DBMS_SQL package (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- tuning (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- use of PL/SQL with (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- uses for (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- using (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- using PL/SQL (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- using the AT clause (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- using the AT clause in (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- when to use (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- when useful (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- dynamic SQL (ANSI)
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
-
- ALLOCATE DESCRIPTOR statement (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- basics (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- bulk operations (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- CLOSE CURSOR statement (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- compared to Oracle dynamic SQL method 4 (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- DEALLOCATE DESCRIPTOR statement (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- DESCRIBE DESCRIPTOR statement (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- differences from Oracle dynamic (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- differences from Oracle dynamic SQL (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- EXECUTE statement (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- FETCH statement (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- GET DESCRIPTOR statement (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- OPEN statement (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- Oracle extensions (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- Overview (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- overview (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- Precompiler Options (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- precompiler options (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- reference semantics (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- restrictions (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- sample program (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- sample programs (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- SAMPLE12.PCO (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- SET DESCRIPTOR statement (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- use of DECLARE CURSOR (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- use of EXECUTE IMMEDIATE statement (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- use of PREPARE statement (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- when to use (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- Dynamic SQL Method 1
-
- program example (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- dynamic SQL Method 1
-
- command (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- dexcription (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- example (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- requirements (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- dynamic SQL method 1
-
- commands (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- commands used with (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- description (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- description of (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- example (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- example of (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- how to use (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- requirements (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- requirements for (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- use of EXECUTE IMMEDIATE with (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- use of PL/SQL with (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- using EXECUTE IMMEDIATE (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- using PL/SQL (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- Dynamic SQL Method 2
-
- program example (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- dynamic SQL Method 2
-
- commands (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- description (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- example (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- requirements (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- using PL/SQL (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- using the EXECUTE statement (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- using the PREPARE statement (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- dynamic SQL method 2
-
- commands (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- commands used with (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- description (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- description of (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- example of (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- requirements (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- requirements for (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- use of DECLARE STATEMENT with (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- use of EXECUTE with (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- use of PL/SQL with (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- use of PREPARE with (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- using PL/SQL (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- using the DECLARE STATEMENT Statement (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- using the DECLARE STATEMENT statement (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- using the EXECUTE statement (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- using the PREPARE statement (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- Dynamic SQL Method 3
-
- program example (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- dynamic SQL Method 3
-
- compared to method 2 (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- description (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- example (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- requirements (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- using PL/SQL (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- using the CLOSE statement (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- using the DECLARE statement (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- using the FETCH statement (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- using the OPEN statement (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- using the PREPARE statement (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- dynamic SQL method 3
-
- commands (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- commands used with (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- compared to method 2 (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- example program (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- requirements (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- requirements for (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- sequence of statements used with (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- use of DECLARE STATEMENT with (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- use of DECLARE with (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- use of FETCH with (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- use of OPEN with (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- use of PL/SQL with (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- use of PREPARE with (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- using PL/SQL (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- using the DECLARE statement (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- using the DECLARE STATEMENT Statement (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- using the DECLARE STATEMENT statement (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- using the FETCH statement (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- using the OPEN statement (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- using the PREPARE statement (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- Dynamic SQL Method 4
-
- requirements of (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- sequence of statements used with (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- steps for (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- use of CLOSE statement in (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- use of DECLARE CURSOR statement in (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- use of DESCRIBE statement in (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- use of FETCH statement in (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- use of OPEN statement in (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- use of PREPARE statement in (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- dynamic SQL Method 4
-
- overview (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- using descriptors (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- using SQLDA (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- using the DESCRIBE statement (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- when needed (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- dynamic SQL method 4
-
- CLOSE statement (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- DECLARE CURSOR statement (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- DESCRIBE statement (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- external datatypes (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- FETCH statement (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- internal datatypes (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- need for descriptors with (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- OPEN statement (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- overview of (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- PREPARE statement (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- prerequisites (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- prerequisites for using (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- purpose of descriptors (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- requirements (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- requirements for (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- requirements of (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- sample program (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- sequence of statements used (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- sequence of statements used with (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- SQLDA (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- steps for (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- use of CLOSE statement in (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- use of DECLARE CURSOR statement in (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- use of DECLARE STATEMENT with (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- use of DESCR (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- use of DESCRIBE statement in (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- use of descriptors with (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- use of FETCH statement in (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- use of OPEN statement in (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- use of PL/SQL with (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- use of PREPARE statement in (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- use of the SQLDA in (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- using descriptors (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- using host arrays with (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- using PL/SQL (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- using the DECLARE STATEMENT Statement (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- using the DECLARE STATEMENT statement (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- using the DESCRIBE statement (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- using the FOR clause (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- using the FOR clause with (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- using the SQLDA (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- when needed (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- dynamic SQL Method1
-
- using EXECUTE IMMEDIATE (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- using PL/SQL (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- dynamic SQL Method4
-
- using PL/SQL (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- dynamic SQL methods
-
- overview of (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- dynamic SQL statement (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
-
- binding of host variables (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- how processed (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- requirements (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- using host arrays (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- using host tables (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- using placeholders (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- versus static SQL statement (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- dynamic SQL statements
-
- binding of host variables in (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- definition of (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- requirements for (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- RNDS option and (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- use of placeholders in (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- using host arrays in (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- versus static SQL statements (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- dynamic SQL support in SQLJ
-
- examples (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- introduction (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- meta bind expressions (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- runtime behavior (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- translation-time behavior (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- dynamic translation (Application Express User's Guide)
- dynamic type-checking
-
- XQuery language (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- dynamic wrapping
-
- DBMS_DDL package (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- DYNAMIC_SAMPLING hint (SQL Language Reference)
- DYNAMIC_SEGMENT function (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- dynamically typed data
-
- representing (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- dynamically-linked applications (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- DynamicDefinition class (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- dynaset
-
- creating from an OraCollection (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- Dynaset object
-
- using (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- dynasets
-
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)